{"title":"Mechanical engineering and materials Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"catia-v5-9780071800020","title":"CATIA V5","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWrite powerful, custom macros for CATIA V5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eCATIA V5 Macro Programming with Visual Basic Script\u003c\/i\u003e shows you, step by step, how to create your own macros that automate repetitive tasks, accelerate design procedures, and automatically generate complex geometries. Filled with full-color screenshots and illustrations, this practical guide walks you through the entire process of writing, storing, and executing reusable macros for CATIA  V5. Sample Visual Basic Script code accompanies the bookâs hands-on exercises and real-world case studies demonstrate key concepts and best practices. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCoverage includes: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCATIA V5 macro programming basics \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunication with the environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElements of CATParts and CATProducts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2D wirefram\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCh 1. Basics\u003cbr\u003eCh 2. Communication with the Environment\u003cbr\u003eCh 3. Elements of CATParts\u003cbr\u003eCh 4. Elements of CATProducts\u003cbr\u003eCh 5. 2D Wireframe (Sketches)\u003cbr\u003eCh 6. 3D Wireframe Geometry and Surfaces\u003cbr\u003eCh 7. Solid Features\u003cbr\u003eCh 8. Description of Object Classes\u003cbr\u003eCh 9. Description of VBScript Commands\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732179005783,"sku":"9780071800020","price":117.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071800020.jpg?v=1719995855"},{"product_id":"microfluidic-devices-in-nanotechnology-9780470472279","title":"Microfluidic Devices in Nanotechnology","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNanotechnology, especially microfabrication, has been affecting every facet of traditional scientific disciplines. The first book on the application of microfluidic reactors in nanotechnology, \u003ci\u003eMicrofluidic Devices in Nanotechnology\u003c\/i\u003e provides the fundamental aspects and potential applications of microfluidic devices, the physics of microfluids, specific methods of chemical synthesis of nanomaterials, and more. As the first book to discuss the unique properties and capabilities of these nanomaterials in the miniaturization of devices, this text serves as a one-stop resource for nanoscientists interested in microdevices.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface.  \u003cp\u003eContributors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Fundamentals of Microfluidics Devices (Kweku A. Addae-Mensah, Zuankai Wang, Hesam Parsa, Sau Y. Chin, Tassaneewan Laksanasopin, and \u003ci\u003eSamuel K. Sia\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Spatiotemporally Controlled Nanoliter-Scale Reconfigurable Microfluidics (Michael D. Genualdi and \u003ci\u003eDavid H. Gracias\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Microfluidic Devices for Studying Kinetics (\u003ci\u003eDerek J. Wilson\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Computational Strategies for Micro- and Nanofluidic Dynamics (\u003ci\u003eDimitris Drikakis, Nikolaos Asproulis, Evgeniy Shapiro, and Matyas Benke\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Nanofluidic Devices and Their Potential Applications (\u003ci\u003ePatrick Abgrall, Aurélien Bancaud, and Pierre Joseph\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Particle Transport in Magnetophoretic Microsystems (\u003ci\u003eEdward P. Furlani\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Particles in Microfluidic Systems (\u003ci\u003eAdrienne R. Minerick\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 \u003ci\u003eIn situ\u003c\/i\u003e Nanoparticle Focusing Within Microfluidics (\u003ci\u003eJie Wu\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Residence Time Distribution and Nanoparticle Formation in Microreactors (Gregor Alexander Groß and Johann Michael Köhler).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733786767703,"sku":"9780470472279","price":132.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470472279.jpg?v=1720001684"},{"product_id":"nec3-engineering-and-construction-contract-option-b-price-contract-with-bill-of-quantitities-9780727758712","title":"NEC3 Engineering and Construction Contract Option","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOption B is a priced contract with a bill of quantities where the risk of carrying out the work at the agreed prices being is borne by the contractor.  This document contains all the core and secondary option clauses, the shorter schedule of cost components, and contract data, relevant to an option B contract.    Construction Clients' Board endorsement of NEC3 The Construction Clients' Board (formerly Public Sector Clients' Forum) recommends that public sector organisations use the NEC3 contracts when procuring construction.   Standardising use of this comprehensive suite of contracts should help to deliver efficiencies across the public sector and promote behaviours in line with the principles of Achieving Excellence in Construction.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSchedule of options  Core clauses   • 1 General  • 2 The Contractor’s main responsibilities  • 3 Time  • 4 Testing and Defects  • 5 Payment  • 6 Compensation events  • 7 Title  • 8 Risks and insurance  • 9 Termination   Dispute resolution W  • Option W1  • Option W2   Secondary option clauses   • X1   Price adjustment for inflation  • X2   Changes in the law  • X3   Multiple currencies  • X4   Parent company guarantee  • X5   Sectional Completion  • X6   Bonus for early Completion  • X7   Delay damages  • X12 Partnering  • X13 Performance bond  • X14 Advanced payment to the Contractor  • X15 Limitation of the Contractor’s liability for his design to reasonable skill and care • X16 Retention  • X17 Low performance damages  • X18 Limitation of liability  • Y(UK)2 The Housing Grants, Construction and Regeneration Act 1996  • Y(UK)3 The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999  • Z Additional conditions of subcontract Note Options X8 to X11 and Y(UK)1 are not used   Schedule of Cost Components Contract Data  Index","brand":"Emerald Publishing Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48736374686039,"sku":"9780727758712","price":66.57,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780727758712.jpg?v=1723810613"},{"product_id":"civil-avionics-systems-9781118341803","title":"Civil Avionics Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is an updated in-depth study and explanation of avionics as applied to civil aircraft. Substantial new content covers changes in avionics technology, software, and system safety. Ian Moir and Allan Seabridge are both highly experienced in the aircraft industry and are also involved in devising and delivering training courses.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e“In summary, this book has been researched, prepared and produced to a very high standard. It will provide a wealth of information for students in FE\/HE, and will serve as an excellent resource throughout the industry.”  (\u003ci\u003eAerospace\u003c\/i\u003e, 1 December 2014)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeries Preface xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to Second Edition xxii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to First Edition xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations xxvi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Advances since 2003 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Comparison of Boeing and Airbus Solutions 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Outline of Book Content 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Enabling Technologies and Techniques 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Functional Avionics Systems 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 The Flight Deck 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 The Appendices 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Avionics Technology 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Avionics Technology Evolution 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Introduction 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Data Bus Networks 79\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Digital Data Bus Basics 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 System Safety 119\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Flight Safety 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Introduction 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Flight Safety Overview 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Accident Causes 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Avionics Architectures 159\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Avionics Architecture Evolution 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Overview of Architecture Evolution 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Distributed Analogue Architecture 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Distributed Digital Architecture 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Federated Digital Architecture 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Integrated Modular Avionics 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.6 Open System Standards 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Avionic Systems Domains 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 The Aircraft as a System of Systems 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 ATA Classification 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Avionics Architecture Examples 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 The Manifestations of IMA 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 The Airbus A320 Avionics Architecture 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 The Boeing 777 Avionics Architecture 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Honeywell EPIC Architecture 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 The Airbus A380 and A 350 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.6 The Boeing 787 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 IMA Design Principles 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 The Virtual System 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Introduction to Virtual Mapping 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Implementation Example: Airbus A 380 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Implementation Example: Boeing 787 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Partitioning 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 IMA Fault Tolerance 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.1 Fault Tolerance Principles 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.2 Data Integrity 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3 Platform Health Management 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Network Definition 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Certification 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.1 IMA Certification Philosophy 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.2 Platform Acceptance 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3 Hosted Function Acceptance 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.4 Cost of Change 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.5 Configuration Management 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 IMA Standards 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Systems Development 205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Systems Design 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Development Processes 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 System Design Guidelines 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Key Agencies and Documentation 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Design Guidelines and Certification Techniques 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Guidelines for Development of Civil Aircraft and Systems – SAE ARP 4754A 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Guidelines and Methods for Conducting the Safety Assessment – SAE ARP 4761 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Software Considerations – RTCA DO-178B 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.6 Hardware Development – RTCA DO- 254 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.7 Integrated Modular Avionics – RTCA DO- 297 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.8 Equivalence of US and European Specifications 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Interrelationship of Design Processes 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Functional Hazard Assessment (FHA) 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Preliminary System Safety Assessment (PSSA) 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 System Safety Assessment (SSA) 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Common Cause Analysis (CCA) 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Requirements Capture and Analysis 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Top-Down Approach 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Bottom-Up Approach 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Requirements Capture Example 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Development Processes 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 The Product Life-Cycle 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Concept Phase 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Definition Phase 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 Design Phase 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.5 Build Phase 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.6 Test Phase 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.7 Operate Phase 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.8 Disposal or Refurbish Phase 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Development Programme 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 Typical Development Programme 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 ‘V’ Diagram 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Extended Operations Requirements 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 ETOPS Requirements 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Equipment Requirements 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 ARINC Specifications and Design Rigour 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.1 ARINC 400 Series 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.2 ARINC 500 Series 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.3 ARINC 600 Series 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.4 ARINC 700 Series 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.5 ARINC 800 Series 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8.6 ARINC 900 Series 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Interface Control 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.1 Introduction 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.2 Interface Control Document 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.3 Aircraft-Level Data-Bus Data 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.4 System Internal Data-Bus Data 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.5 Internal System Input\/Output Data 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9.6 Fuel Component Interfaces 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Electrical Systems 235\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Electrical Systems Overview 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Introduction 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Wider Development Trends 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Typical Civil Electrical System 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Electrical Power Generation 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Generator Control Function 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 DC System Generation Control 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 AC Power Generation Control 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Power Distribution and Protection 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Electrical Power System Layers 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Electrical System Configuration 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Electrical Load Protection 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Power Conversion 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Emergency Power 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Ram Air Turbine 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Permanent Magnet Generators 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Backup Systems 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Batteries 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Power System Architectures 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Airbus A320 Electrical System 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Boeing 777 Electrical System 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Airbus A380 Electrical System 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Boeing 787 Electrical System 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Aircraft Wiring 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Aircraft Breaks 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Wiring Bundle Definition 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3 Wiring Routing 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.4 Wiring Sizing 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.5 Aircraft Electrical Signal Types 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.6 Electrical Segregation 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.7 The Nature of Aircraft Wiring and Connectors 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.8 Used of Twisted Pairs and Quads 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Electrical Installation 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.1 Temperature and Power Dissipation 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2 Electromagnetic Interference 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.3 Lightning Strikes 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Bonding and Earthing 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Signal Conditioning 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.1 Signal Types 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.2 Signal Conditioning 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 Central Maintenance Systems 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10.1 Airbus A330\/340 Central Maintenance System 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10.2 Boeing 777 Central Maintenance Computing System 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Sensors 291\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Air Data Sensors 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Air Data Parameters 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Pressure Sensing 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Temperature Sensing 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Use of Pressure Data 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Pressure Datum Settings 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 Air Data Computers (ADCs) 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.7 Airstream Direction Detectors 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.8 Total Aircraft Pitot-Static System 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Magnetic Sensors 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Introduction 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Magnetic Field Components 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Magnetic Variation 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Magnetic Heading Reference System 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Inertial Sensors 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Introduction 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Position Gyroscopes 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Rate Gyroscopes 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.4 Accelerometers 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.5 Inertial Reference Set 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.6 Platform Alignment 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.7 Gimballed Platform 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.8 Strap-Down System 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Combined Air Data and Inertial 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Introduction 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Evolution of Combined Systems 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Boeing 777 Example 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.4 ADIRS Data-Set 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.5 Further System Integration 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Radar Sensors 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Radar Altimeter 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Weather Radar 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Communications and Navigation Aids 329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Introduction and RF Spectrum 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Equipment 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Antennae 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Communications 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Simple Modulation Techniques 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 HF Communications 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 VHF Communications 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 SATCOM 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.5 Air Traffic Control (ATC) Transponder 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.6 Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Ground-Based Navigation Aids 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Introduction 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Non-Directional Beacon 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 VHF Omni-Range 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Distance Measuring Equipment 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 TACAN 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6 VOR\/TAC 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Instrument Landing Systems 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Overview 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Instrument Landing System 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Microwave Landing System 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4 GNSS Based Systems 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Space-Based Navigation Systems 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Introduction 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Global Positioning System 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3 GLONASS 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.4 Galileo 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.5 COMPASS 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.6 Differential GPS 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.7 Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS\/SBAS) 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.8 Local Area Augmentation System (LAAS\/LBAS) 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Communications Control Systems 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Flight Control Systems 365\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Principles of Flight Control 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Frame of Reference 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Typical Flight Control Surfaces 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Flight Control Elements 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Interrelationship of Flight Control Functions 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Flight Crew Interface 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Flight Control Actuation 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Conventional Linear Actuation 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Linear Actuation with Manual and Autopilot Inputs 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Screwjack Actuation 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Integrated Actuation Package 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 FBW and Direct Electrical Link 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6 Electrohydrostatic Actuation (EHA) 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.7 Electromechanical Actuation (EMA) 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.8 Actuator Applications 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Principles of Fly-By-Wire 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Fly-By-Wire Overview 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Typical Operating Modes 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Boeing and Airbus Philosophies 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Boeing 777 Flight Control System 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Top Level Primary Flight Control System 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Actuator Control Unit Interface 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Pitch and Yaw Channel Overview 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4 Channel Control Logic 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.5 Overall System Integration 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Airbus Flight Control Systems 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Airbus FBW Evolution 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 A320 FBW System 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.3 A330\/340 FBW System 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.4 A380 FBW System 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Autopilot Flight Director System 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.1 Autopilot Principles 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2 Interrelationship with the Flight Deck 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.3 Automatic Landing 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Flight Data Recorders 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.1 Principles of Flight Data Recording 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.2 Data Recording Environments 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.3 Future Requirements 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Navigation Systems 405\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Principles of Navigation 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Basic Navigation 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Navigation using Ground-Based Navigation Aids 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 Navigation using Air Data and Inertial Navigation 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.4 Navigation using Global Navigation Satellite Systems 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.5 Flight Technical Error – Lateral Navigation 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.6 Flight Technical Error – Vertical Navigation 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Flight Management System 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Principles of Flight Management Systems (FMS) 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 FMS Crew Interface – Navigation Display 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 FMS Crew Interface – Control and Display Unit 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 FMS Functions 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 FMS Procedures 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.6 Standard Instrument Departure 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.7 En-Route Procedures 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.8 Standard Terminal Arrival Routes 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.9 ILS Procedures 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.10 Typical FMS Architecture 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Electronic Flight Bag 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 EFB Functions 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 EFB Implementation 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Air Traffic Management 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Aims of Air Traffic Management 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Communications, Navigation, Surveillance 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 NextGen 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4 Single European Sky ATM Research (SESAR) 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Performance-Based Navigation 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Performance-Based Navigation Definition 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Area Navigation (RNAV) 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Required Navigation Performance (RNP) 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.4 Precision Approaches 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Automatic Dependent Surveillance – Broadcast 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Boeing and Airbus Implementations 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7.1 Boeing Implementation 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7.2 Airbus Implementation 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Terrain Avoidance Warning System (TAWS) 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHistorical References (in Chronological Order) 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Flight Deck Displays 449\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 First Generation Flight Deck: the Electromagnetic Era 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Embryonic Primary Flight Instruments 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 The Early Pioneers 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 The ‘Classic’ Electromechanical Flight Deck 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Second Generation Flight Deck: the Electro-Optic Era 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 The Advanced Civil Flight Deck 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 The Boeing 757 and 767 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 The Airbus A320, A330 and A 340 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 The Boeing 747-400 and 777 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 The Airbus A 380 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.6 The Boeing 787 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.7 The Airbus A 350 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Third Generation: the Next Generation Flight Deck 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Loss of Situational Awareness in Adverse Operational Conditions 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Research Areas 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Concepts 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitor (ECAM) System 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 ECAM Scheduling 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 ECAM Moding 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.3 ECAM Pages 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.4 Qantas Flight QF 32 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.5 The Boeing Engine Indicating and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Standby Instruments 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Head-Up Display Visual Guidance System (HVGS) 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.1 Introduction to Visual Guidance Systems 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.2 HVGS on Civil Transport Aircraft 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.3 HVGS Installation 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.4 HVGS Symbology 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Enhanced and Synthetic Vision Systems 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.1 Overview 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.2 EVS, EFVS and SVS Architecture Diagrams 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.3 Minimum Aviation System Performance Standard (MASPS) 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.4 Enhanced Vision Systems (EVS) 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.5 Enhanced Flight Vision Systems (EFVS) 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.6 Synthetic Vision Systems (SVS) 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.7 Combined Vision Systems 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Display System Architectures 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.1 Airworthiness Regulations 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.2 Display Availability and Integrity 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.3 Display System Functional Elements 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.4 Dumb Display Architecture 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.5 Semi-Smart Display Architecture 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.6 Fully Smart (Integrated) Display Architecture 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10 Display Usability 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.1 Regulatory Requirements 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.2 Display Format and Symbology Guidelines 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.3 Flight Deck Geometry 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.4 Legibility: Resolution, Symbol Line Width and Sizing 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.5 Colour 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.6 Ambient Lighting Conditions 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11 Display Technologies 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11.1 Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Displays (AMLCD) 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11.2 Plasma Panels 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11.3 Organic Light-Emitting Diodes (O-LED) 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11.4 Electronic Paper (e-paper) 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11.5 Micro-Projection Display Technologies 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11.6 Head-Up Display Technologies 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11.7 Inceptors 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12 Flight Control Inceptors 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12.1 Handling Qualities 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12.2 Response Types 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12.3 Envelope Protection 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12.4 Inceptors 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Military Aircraft Adaptations 511\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Avionic and Mission System Interface 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Navigation and Flight Management 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Navigation Aids 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 Flight Deck Displays 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.4 Communications 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.5 Aircraft Systems 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Applications 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Green Aircraft Conversion 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Personnel, Material and Vehicle Transport 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Air-to-Air Refuelling 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4 Maritime Patrol 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.5 Airborne Early Warning 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.6 Ground Surveillance 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.7 Electronic Warfare 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.8 Flying Classroom 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.9 Range Target\/Safety 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendices 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Appendices 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A: Safety Analysis – Flight Control System 534\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA. 1 Flight Control System Architecture 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA. 2 Dependency Diagram 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA. 3 Fault Tree Analysis 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B: Safety Analysis – Electronic Flight Instrument System 539\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB. 1 Electronic Flight Instrument System Architecture 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB. 2 Fault Tree Analysis 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix C: Safety Analysis – Electrical System 543\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC. 1 Electrical System Architecture 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC. 2 Fault Tree Analysis 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix D: Safety Analysis – Engine Control System 546\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 1 Factors Resulting in an In-Flight Shut Down 546\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 2 Engine Control System Architecture 546\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD. 3 Markov Analysis 548\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimplified Example (all failure rates per flight hour) 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 551\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738352922967,"sku":"9781118341803","price":88.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118341803.jpg?v=1723811963"},{"product_id":"mechanical-properties-and-performance-of-engineering-ceramics-and-composites-x-9781119211280","title":"Mechanical Properties and Performance of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ci\u003eCeramic Engineering and Science Proceeding\u003c\/i\u003e has been published by The American Ceramic Society since 1980. This series contains a collection of papers dealing with issues in both traditional ceramics (i.e., glass, whitewares, refractories, and porcelain enamel) and advanced ceramics. Topics covered in the area of advanced ceramic include bioceramics, nanomaterials, composites, solid oxide fuel cells, mechanical properties and structural design, advanced ceramic coatings, ceramic armor, porous ceramics, and more.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface vii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInternational Standards for Properties and Performance of Advanced Ceramics 1\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eMichael G. Jenkins, Jonathan A. Salem, John Helfinstine, George D. Quinn,\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eand Stephen T. Gonczy\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTensile Creep and Rupture Behavior of Different Fiber Content and Type Single Tow SiC\/SiC Minicomposites 11\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eAmjad Almansour, Emmanuel Maillet, and Gregory N. Morscher\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptical Deformation Analysis of Alumina Based Wound Highly Porous CMCs 21\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eS. Hackemann and J. Wischek\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElectrical Resistance and Acoustic Emission during Fatigue Testing of SiC\/SiC Composites 33\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eZipeng Han and Gregory N. Morscher\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTi-Based Ceramic Composite Processing using Hybrid Centrifugal Thermite Assisted Technique 41\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eReza Mahmoodian, M.A. Hassan, and Mohd Hamdi Bin Abd Shukor\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCeramic Matrix Composites: Residual Tensile Testing after Intermediate Temperature Oxidation 49\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eG. Ojard, I. Smyth, U. Santhosh, Y. Gowayed, and D. C. Jarmon\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCeramic Matrix Composites: Effect of Defects on Fatigue and Nondestructive Evaluation 59\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eI. Smyth, G. Ojard, N. Magdefrau, U. Santhosh, J. Ahmad, and Y. Gowayed\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEffect of Particle Loading on Properties, Damping, and Wear of Al\/SiC MMCs 65\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eS. Salamone, B. Givens, K. Kremer, and M. Aghajanian\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNovel Application of Fractal Analysis in Refractory Composite Microsturctural Characterization 73\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eAnja Terzi , Vojislav Miti , Ljubiša Koci , Zagorka Radojevi , and Snežana\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePašali\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHardmetals based on Niobium Carbide (NbC) versus Casted NbC Bearing MMCs 87\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eMathias Woydt and Hardy Mohrbacher\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWeight Loss Mechanism of (La\u003csub\u003e0.8\u003c\/sub\u003eSr\u003csub\u003e0.2\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003e0.98\u003c\/sub\u003eMnO\u003csub\u003e3±δ\u003c\/sub\u003e during Thermal Cycles 93\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eShadi Darvish, Ali Karbasi, Surendra K. Saxena, and Yu Zhong\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineering Application of Menger Sponge 101\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eR. Kitazawa\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuthor Index 109\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738358198615,"sku":"9781119211280","price":156.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119211280.jpg?v=1723811970"},{"product_id":"78th-conference-on-glass-problems-9781119519645","title":"78th Conference on Glass Problems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 78th Glass Problem Conference (GPC) including the 11th Advances in Fusion and Processing of Glass (AFPG) Symposium is organized by the Kazuo Inamori School of Engineering, The New York State College of Ceramics, Alfred University, Alfred, NY 14802 and The Glass Manufacturing Industry Council (GMIC), Westerville, OH 43082. The Program Director was S. K. Sundaram, Inamori Professor of Materials Science and Engineering, Kazuo Inamori School of Engineering, The New York State College of Ceramics, Alfred University, Alfred, NY 14802. The Conference Director was Robert Weisenburger Lipetz, Executive Director, Glass Manufacturing Industry Council (GMIC), Westerville, OH 43082. Donna Banks of the GMIC coordinated the events and provided support. The Conference started with a half-day plenary session followed by technical sessions. The themes and chairs of four half-day technical sessions were as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eModeling, Sensors, and Furnace Design\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJames Uhlik, Toledo Engine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e78th GLASS PROBLEMS CONFERENCE \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eModeling, Sensors, and Furnace Design\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptimization of Regenerator Design 5\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eOscar Verheijen, Luuk Thielen, Goetz Heilemann, and Elias Carrillo\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlass Defects Identification using a Mass Spectrometer, SEMEDX Microanalysis and HTO Analysis 13\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMartina Jezikova, Filip Janos, Jiri Ullrich, and Erik Muijsenberg\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA New Radiometric Measurement Device for the Temperature of Ribbon Zones in Tin Bath and Lehrs 29\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWolf Kuhn\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurnace Design and Equipment for Extended Furnace Life 39\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristoph Jatzauk\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse of Continuous Infrared Temperature Image to Optimize Furnace Operations 4\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eNeil G. Simpson, Mark Bennett, and S. Fiona Turner\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eRefractories \u0026amp; Testing\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcceptance Test of Fused Cast AZS Sidewall Blocks using Ground Penetrating Radar 59\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eDan Swiler and Daniel Ragland\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNew Industry Standard in Furnace Inspection 75\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eYakup Bayram, Jon Wechsel, and Elmer Sperry\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCombustion\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign and Implementation of OPTIMELT™ Heat Recovery for an Oxy-Fuel Furnace at Libbey Leerdam 89\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eM. van Valburg and E. Sperry, S. Laux, R. Bell, A. Francis, and H. Kobayashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining Full Production in Furnaces with Failing Regenerators using Oxy-Fuel Combustion 99\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWilliam J. Horan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHeat-Oxy-Combustion Bi-Fuel Burner - Heavy Fuel Oil Trials 111\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eS. Juma, X. Paubel, T. Kang, and L. Jarry\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEnvironmental \u0026amp; Safety\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlass Furnace Catalytic Ceramic Filter Installation and Operation Experience 123\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWeijian Chen and Martin Schroter\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlassil Dustshield™: A Materials Engineering Solution to Meet OSHA’S New Respirable Silica Regulations 157\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGreg Bedford, Ashley Rich, Emma Hansen, and John Jackson\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeadly Dust: Reducing the Risks of Silica Dust in Glass Working Operations 165\u003ci\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreg Carmichael\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNew Approach to Safety Estimation of Heat Soak Tested Thermally Toughened Safety Glass 169\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndreas M. Kasper\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eADVANCES IN FUSION AND PROCESSING OF GLASS SYMPOSIUM\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign of SLS Compositions for Accelerated Chemical Strengthening\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWilliam C. LaCourse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWarp Reduction in Thin Chemically Strengthened Float Glasses 191\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eArun K. Varshneya\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResearch and Development of New Energy-Saving, Environmentally Friendly Fiber Glass Technology 201\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eHong Li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Relation between Furnace Efficiency and the Physics and Chemistry of the Melting Process 221\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eReinhard Conradt\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGyrotron Based Melting 233\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePaul P. Woskov\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow the Industrial Revolution 4.0 Will Impact the Glass Industry Image Analysis that is Part of ES 4.0 is a Key Component towards Industry 4.0 247\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eErick Muijsenberg\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModification of the Glass Surface during Manufacturing 263\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJ.W. McCamy, A. Ganjoo, and C-H Hung\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738361147735,"sku":"9781119519645","price":168.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119519645.jpg?v=1723811974"},{"product_id":"introduction-to-statistical-quality-control-emea-edition-9781119657118","title":"Introduction to Statistical Quality Control EMEA","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Author iii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface v\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Quality Improvement in the Modern Business Environment 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. The Meaning of Quality and Quality Improvement 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. A Brief History of Quality Control and Improvement 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Statistical Methods for Quality Control and Improvement 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. Management Aspects of Quality Improvement 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 The DMAIC Process 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Overview of DMAIC 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. The Define Step 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. The Measure Step 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. The Analyze Step 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. The Improve Step 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6. The Control Step 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7. Examples of DMAIC 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 2 Statistical Methods Useful in Quality Control and Improvement 63\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Modeling Process Quality 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1. Describing Variation 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2. Important Discrete Distributions 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3. Important Continuous Distributions 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4. Probability Plots 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5. Some Useful Approximations 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Inferences About Process Quality 103\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1. Statistics and Sampling Distributions 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2. Point Estimation of Process Parameters 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3. Statistical Inference for a Single Sample 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4. Statistical Inference for Two Samples 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5. What if There are More than Two Populations? The Analysis of Variance 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6. Linear Regression Models 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 3 Basic Methods of Statistical Process Control and Capability Analysis 173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Methods and Philosophy of Statistical Process Control 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1. Introduction 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2. Chance and Assignable Causes of Quality Variation 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3. Statistical Basis of the Control Chart 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4. The Rest of the Magnificent Seven 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5. Implementing SPC in a Quality Improvement Program 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6. An Application of SPC 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7. Applications of Statistical Process Control and Quality Improvement Tools in Transactional and Service Businesses 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Control Charts for Variables 218\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1. Introduction 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2. Control Charts for \u003ci\u003ex̅ \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eR\u003c\/i\u003e 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3. Control Charts for \u003ci\u003ex̅\u003c\/i\u003e and \u003ci\u003es\u003c\/i\u003e 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4. The Shewhart Control Chart for Individual Measurements 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5. Summary of Procedures for \u003ci\u003ex̅\u003c\/i\u003e, \u003ci\u003eR\u003c\/i\u003e, and \u003ci\u003es\u003c\/i\u003e Charts 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6. Applications of Variables Control Charts 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Control Charts for Attributes 265\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1. Introduction 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2. The Control Chart for Fraction Nonconforming 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3. Control Charts for Nonconformities (Defects) 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4. Choice Between Attributes and Variables Control Charts 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5. Guidelines for Implementing Control Charts 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Process and Measurement System Capability Analysis 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1. Introduction 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2. Process Capability Analysis Using a Histogram or a Probability Plot 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3. Process Capability Ratios 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4. Process Capability Analysis Using a Control Chart 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5. Process Capability Analysis Using Designed Experiments 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6. Process Capability Analysis with Attribute Data 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7. Describing Capability for Many Processes 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8. Gauge and Measurement System Capability Studies 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9. Setting Specification Limits on Discrete Components 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10. Estimating the Natural Tolerance Limits of a Process 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 4 Other Statistical Process-Monitoring and Control Techniques 369\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Cumulative Sum and Exponentially Weighted Moving Average Control Charts 371\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1. The Cumulative Sum Control Chart 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2. The Exponentially Weighted Moving Average Control Chart 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3. The Moving Average Control Chart 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Other Univariate Statistical Process-Monitoring and Control Techniques 403\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1. Statistical Process Control for Short Production Runs 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2. Modified and Acceptance Control Charts 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3. Control Charts for Multiple-Stream Processes 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4. SPC with Autocorrelated Process Data 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5. Adaptive Sampling Procedures 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6. Economic Design of Control Charts 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7. Cuscore Charts 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8. The Changepoint Model for Process Monitoring 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9. Profile Monitoring 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10. Control Charts in Health Care Monitoring and Public Health Surveillance 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11. Overview of Other Procedures 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Multivariate Process Monitoring and Control 458\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1. The Multivariate Quality-Control Problem 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2. Description of Multivariate Data 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3. The Hotelling \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003e2\u003c\/sup\u003e Control Chart 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4. The Multivariate EWMA Control Chart 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5. Regression Adjustment 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6. Control Charts for Monitoring Variability 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7. Latent Structure Methods 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Engineering Process Control and SPC 488\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1. Process Monitoring and Process Regulation 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2. Process Control by Feedback Adjustment 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3. Combining SPC and EPC 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 5 Process Design and Improvement with Designed Experiments 505\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Factorial and Fractional Factorial Experiments for Process Design and Improvement 507\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1. What is Experimental Design? 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2. Examples of Designed Experiments in Process and Product Improvement 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3. Guidelines for Designing Experiments 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4. Factorial Experiments 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5. The 2\u003ci\u003e\u003csup\u003ek\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e Factorial Design 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6. Fractional Replication of the 2\u003ci\u003e\u003csup\u003ek\u003c\/sup\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e Design 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Process Optimization with Designed Experiments 563\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1. Response Surface Methods and Designs 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2. Process Robustness Studies 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3. Evolutionary Operation 583\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 6 Acceptance Sampling 589\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Lot-by-Lot Acceptance Sampling for Attributes 591\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1. The Acceptance-Sampling Problem 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2. Single-Sampling Plans for Attributes 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3. Double, Multiple, and Sequential Sampling 606\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4. Military Standard 105E (ANSI\/ASQC Z1.4, ISO 2859) 615\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5. The Dodge-Romig Sampling Plans 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Other Acceptance-Sampling Techniques 627\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Overview and Learning Objectives 627\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1. Acceptance Sampling by Variables 627\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2. Designing a Variables-Sampling Plan with a Specified OC Curve 630\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3. MIL STD 414 (ANSI\/ASQC Z1.9) 631\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4. Other Variables Sampling Procedures 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5. Chain Sampling 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6. Continuous Sampling 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7. Skip-Lot Sampling Plans 641\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems (Available in e-text for students) P-1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A-1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography (Available in e-text for students) B-1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex I-1\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738363572567,"sku":"9781119657118","price":45.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119657118.jpg?v=1723811977"},{"product_id":"solving-problems-with-microscopy-9781119788201","title":"Solving Problems with Microscopy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSolving Problems with Microscopy\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eComprehensive resource, based on real case examples, on the ability of the microscope for solving problems\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book takes a why to rather than the common how to approach to demonstrate the capabilities of microscopy to solve problems. It provides entertaining and informative case examples and lessons regarding the unique value the microscope brings to problem solving by experienced scientists in various industries, including criminal and civil forensic science, manufacturing, environmental science, pharmaceutical science, cultural heritage, and biological sciences. Sample topics covered in this learning resource include: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistory of problem solving with microscopy\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFortune favors the prepared mind \u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eThe value of multiple associations\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eThe importance of context\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKnowing your limitations (i.e. knowing what you don't know)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eMicroscopists and other professional scientists who use micros\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eList of Contributors x\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword xii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xvi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Discovery with the Light Microscope 8\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Hooke, Leeuwenhoek and the Single Lens 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Single-lens Microscopes come of Age 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Light Microscopes in the Modern Age 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 When Problem Solving, Exercise the Scientific Method at Every Step 22\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 The Buttonier Case 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The Leaky Polio Virus Dispettes 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The Green River Killer 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The Unfortunate Failure of the Dragline Excavator 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The Bodega Burglary 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Images Are Real Data, Too 46\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Mesothelioma Linked to Asbestos 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Talc Case 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Ford Pinto Case 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Uncovering a Moose Hair Cover-up 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Carbon Black and Tire Rubber Problems 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Optical Microscopy Takes Center Stage: Melamine in Pet Food 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Characterization of Foreign Particulate in Pharmaceuticals 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 The Microscope as a Compass 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Hair Extension Case 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Blue Yarn Case 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 eBay Evidence 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 An Attractive Contamination 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Identifying Metallic Particulates in Pharmaceutical Sample Holders 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 15th-Century Block Books at The Morgan Library \u0026amp; Museum: The Role of Microscopy in Unraveling Complex Ink Formulations 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 The Critical Value of Microscopy within Pharmaceutical Development 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Rely on the Fundamentals 120\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 A Mouse, a Soft Drink Can … and a Felony 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Goodrich Corrosion Problem 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 The Perils of Forgetting the Fundamentals in Criminal Cases 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Super Bowl White Powder Attacks 2014 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 College Drug Party 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Fortune Favors the Prepared Mind 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 The NASA Problem 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 A Train Engine Contamination 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Mianus River Bridge Collapse: Why Do You Need a Microscope to Determine Why a Bridge Fell Down? 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Microcrystals Tests for Drugs Using the Chemical Microscope (PLM) 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Know Your Limitations 157\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Why Does Guercino's Samson Captured by the Philistines Have a Grainy Surface Texture in Some Paint Passages? 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Secrets of Hair 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 A Connecticut Murder Case 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 The Resonance Theory of Experiments 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 The Red Hooded Sweatshirt 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Florida Arson Case 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 The Multimillion-Dollar Waterproof Failure 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Value of Multiple Associations 202\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Atlanta Child Murders Investigation 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Hog Trail Murders 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Hoeplinger Murder 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Jackson Pollock Authentication 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Defining Meaningful Differences 238\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 The Yellow Rope 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Lightning Strike 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Raman Microprobe Characterization of ZrO2 Inclusions in Glass Lightguides 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Whose Soot Is It Anyway? 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 The Importance of Context 267\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 GE Capital White-Powder Case 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 XB-70 Valkyrie Fuel Line 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Cocaine Case 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 The Preppy Murder 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Conclusion 282\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Solving World Problems 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Lifelong Learning 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Continued Evolution of Microscopy and Photonics 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Final Thoughts 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 292\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738367439191,"sku":"9781119788201","price":99.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119788201.jpg?v=1723811983"},{"product_id":"functional-safety-of-machinery-9781119789048","title":"Functional Safety of Machinery","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eFUNCTIONAL SAFETY OF MACHINERY\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEnables readers to understand ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061 standards and provides a practical approach to functional safety in machinery design\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eFunctional Safety of Machinery: How to Apply ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061\u003c\/i\u003e introduces functional safety of machinery as a single unified approach, despite the existence of two standards. Aligning with the latest updates of ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061, the book explains the intent behind the standards and the mathematical basis on which they are written, details the differences between the two standards, and prescribes ways to put them into practice. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo aid in seamless reader comprehension, detailed examples are included throughout the book which walk readers through concepts like Random and Systematic Failures, High and Low demand mode of operation, Diagnostic Coverage, and Safe Failure Fraction. Other sample topics covered within the book include: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eBasics of reliability engineering and\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Author xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBefore You Start Reading this Book xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 The Basics of Reliability Engineering \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The Birth of Reliability Engineering 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Safety Critical Systems 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Basic Definitions and Concepts of Reliability 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Faults and Failures 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Definitions 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Random and Systematic Failures 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.1 How Random is a Random Failure? 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Probability Elements Beyond Reliability Concepts 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 The Discrete Probability Distribution 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1.1 Example: 10 Colored Balls 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1.2 Example: 2 Dice 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 The Probability Density Function \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e(\u003ci\u003ex\u003c\/i\u003e) 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.1 Example 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 The Cumulative Distribution Function \u003ci\u003eF\u003c\/i\u003e(\u003ci\u003ex\u003c\/i\u003e) 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 The Reliability Function \u003ci\u003eR\u003c\/i\u003e(\u003ci\u003et\u003c\/i\u003e) 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Failure Rate \u003ci\u003eλ \u003c\/i\u003e11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 The Maclaurin Series 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 The Failure in Time or FIT 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2.1 Example 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Mean Time to Failure 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1 Example of a Non-Constant Failure Rate 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2 The Importance of the MTTF 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.3 The Median Life 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.4 The Mode 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.4.1 Example 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.4.2 Example 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Mean Time Between Failures 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Frequency Approach Example 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8.1 Initial Data 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8.2 Empirical Definition of Reliability and Unreliability 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 Reliability Evaluation of Series and Parallel Structures 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.1 The Reliability Block Diagrams 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.2 The Series Configuration 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.3 The Parallel Configuration 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.3.1 Two Equal and Independent Elements 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.4 \u003ci\u003eM \u003c\/i\u003eOut of \u003ci\u003eN \u003c\/i\u003eFunctional Configurations 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10 Reliability Functions in Low and High Demand Mode 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.1 The PFD 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.1.1 The Protection Layers 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.1.2 Testing of the Safety Instrumented System 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.2 The PFD\u003csub\u003eavg\u003c\/sub\u003e 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.2.1 Dangerous Failures 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.2.2 How to Calculate the PFD\u003csub\u003eavg\u003c\/sub\u003e 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.3 The PFH 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.3.1 Unconditional Failure Intensity \u003ci\u003ew\u003c\/i\u003e(\u003ci\u003et\u003c\/i\u003e) vs Failure Density \u003ci\u003ef \u003c\/i\u003e(\u003ci\u003et\u003c\/i\u003e) 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10.3.2 Reliability Models Used to Estimate the PFH 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11 Weibull Distribution 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11.1 The Probability Density Function 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11.2 The Cumulative Density Function 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11.3 The Instantaneous Failure Rate 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11.4 The Mean Time to Failure 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11.4.1 Example 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12 \u003ci\u003eB\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003e10\u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/sub\u003eand the Importance of \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003e10\u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/sub\u003e39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12.1 The \u003ci\u003eB\u003csub\u003eX\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003e%\u003c\/sub\u003e Life Parameter and the \u003ci\u003eB\u003c\/i\u003e10\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12.1.1 Example 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12.2 How \u003ci\u003eλ\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e \u003c\/i\u003eand MTTF\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e are Derived from \u003ci\u003eB\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003e10\u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/sub\u003e40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12.3 The Importance of the Parameter \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003e10\u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/sub\u003e41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12.4 The Surrogate Failure Rate 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12.5 Markov 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.13 Logical and Physical Representation of a Safety Function 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.13.1 De-energization of Solenoid Valves 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.13.2 Energization of Solenoid Valves 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 What is Functional Safety \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 A Brief History of Functional Safety Standards 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 IEC 61508 (All Parts) 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.1 HSE Study 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.2 Safety Integrity Levels 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.3 FMEDA 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.4 High and Low Demand Mode of Operation 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.5 Safety Functions and Safety-Related Systems 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.6 An Example of Risk Reduction Through Functional Safety 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.7 Why IEC 61508 was Written 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 ISO 13849-1 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 IEC 62061 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 IEC 61511 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.1 Introduction 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.2 The Second Edition 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.3 Designing a SIS 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.4 Three Methods 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.5 The Concept of Protection Layers 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.6 The Different Types of Risk 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.7 The Tolerable Risk 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.8 The ALARP Principle 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.9 Hazard and Operability Studies (HAZOP) 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.10 Layer of Protection Analysis (LOPA) 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5 PFD\u003csub\u003eavg\u003c\/sub\u003e for Different Architectures 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5.1 1oo1 Architecture in Low Demand Mode 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5.2 Series of 1oo1 Architecture in Low Demand Mode 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5.3 1oo2 Architecture in Low Demand Mode 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5.4 1oo3 Architecture in Low Demand Mode 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5.5 2oo3 Architecture in Low Demand Mode 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5.6 Summary Table 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5.7 Example of PFD\u003csub\u003eAvg\u003c\/sub\u003e Calculation 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.6 Reliability of a Safety Function in Low Demand Mode 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.7 A Timeline 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Safety Systems in High and Low Demand Mode 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Structure of the Control System in High and Low Demand Mode 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.1 Structure in Low Demand Mode, Process Industry 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.2 Structure in High Demand Mode, Machinery 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.3 Continuous Mode of Operation 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 The Border Line Between High and Low Demand Mode 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.1 Considerations in High Demand Mode 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.2 Considerations in Low Demand Mode 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.3 The Intermediate Region 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 What is a Safety Control System 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Control System and Safety System 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 What is Part of a Safety Control System 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Implication of Implementing an Emergency Start Function 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 CE Marking, OSHA Compliance, and Functional Safety 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 CE Marking 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 The European Standardization Organizations (ESOs) 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Harmonized Standards 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Functional Safety in North America 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.1 The Concept of Control Reliable 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.2 Functional Safety in the United States 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Main Parameters \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Failure Rate (\u003ci\u003eλ\u003c\/i\u003e) 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Definition 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Detected and Undetected Failures 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Failure Rate for Electromechanical Components 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3.1 Input Subsystem: Interlocking Device 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3.2 Input Subsystem: Pressure Switch 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3.3 Output Subsystem: Solenoid Valve 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3.4 Output Subsystem: Power Contactor 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Safe Failure Fraction 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 SFF in Low Demand Mode: Pneumatic Solenoid Valve 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.1 Example 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 SFF in High Demand Mode: Pneumatic Solenoid Valve 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.1 Example for a 1oo1 Architecture 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.2 Example for a 1oo2D Architecture 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 SFF and Electromechanical Components 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.1 The Advantage of Electronic Sensors 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.2 SFF and DC for Electromechanical Components 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 SFF in Low Demand Mode: Analog Input 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 SFF and DC in High Demand Mode: The Dynamic Test and Namur Circuits 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5.1 Namur Type Circuits 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5.2 Three Wire Digital Input 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6 Limits of the SFF Parameter 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6.1 Example 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Diagnostic Coverage (DC) 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Levels of Diagnostic 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 How to Estimate the DC Value 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Frequency of the Test 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Direct and Indirect Testing 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4.1 DC for the Component and for the Channel 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Testing by the Process 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 Examples of DC Values 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.7 Estimation of the Average DC 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Safety Integrity and Architectural Constraints 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 The Starting Point 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 The Systematic Capability 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2.1 Systematic Safety Integrity 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Confusion Generated by the Concept of Systematic Capability 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.1 Random Capability 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.2 Systematic Capability 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3.3 ISO 13849-1 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 The Safety Lifecycle 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 The Software Safety Lifecycle 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Hardware Fault Tolerance 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.7 The Hardware Safety Integrity 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.7.1 Type A and Type B Components 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.8 Route 1\u003csub\u003eH\u003c\/sub\u003e 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.8.1 Route 1\u003csub\u003eH\u003c\/sub\u003e and Type A Component: Example 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.8.2 Route 1\u003csub\u003eH\u003c\/sub\u003e and Type B Component: Example 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.9 High Demand Mode Safety-Related Control Systems 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.9.1 Example 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.10 Route 2\u003csub\u003eH\u003c\/sub\u003e 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Mean Time to Failure (MTTF) 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Examples of MTTF Values 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Calculation of MTTF\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e and \u003ci\u003eλ\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e \u003c\/i\u003efor Components from \u003ci\u003eB\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003e10\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Estimation of MTTF\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e for a Combination of Systems 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3.1 Example for Channels in Series 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3.2 Example for Redundant Channels 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Common Cause Failure (CCF) 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Introduction to CCF and the Beta-Factor 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 How IEC 62061 Handles the CCF 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 How ISO 13849-1 Handles the CCF 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Proof Test 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Proof Test Procedures 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1.1 Example of a Proof Test Procedure for a Pressure Transmitter 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1.2 Example of a Proof Test Procedure for a Solenoid Valve 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 How the Proof Test Interval Affects the System Reliability 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2.1 Example 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3 Proof Test in Low Demand Mode 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.1 Imperfect Proof Testing and the Proof Test Coverage (PTC) 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.2 Partial Proof Test (PPT) 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3.3 Example for a Partial Valve Stroke Test 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.4 Proof Test in High Demand Mode 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Mission Time and Useful Lifetime 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.1 Mission Time Longer than 20 Years 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Introduction to ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Cybersecurity 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Protective and Preventive Measures 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Functional Safety as Part of the Risk Reduction Measures 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 The Naked Machinery 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 SRP\/CS, SCS, and the Safety Functions 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 SRP\/CS and SCS 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 The Safety Function and Its Subsystems 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 The Physical and the Functional Level 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Examples of Safety Functions 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Safety-Related Stop 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Safety Sub-Functions Related to Power Drive Systems 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.1 Stopping Functions 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.2 Monitoring Functions 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.3 Information to be Provided by the PDS Manufacturer 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Manual Reset 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1 Multiple Sequential Reset 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2 How to Implement the Reset Electrical Architecture 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Restart Function 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Local Control Function 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Muting Function 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.7 Operating Mode Selection 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 The Emergency Stop Function 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 The Reliability of a Safety Function in High Demand Mode 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 PFHD and PFH 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 The Performance Level 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 The Safety Integrity Level 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Relationship Between SIL and PL 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5 Definition of Harm 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Determination of the Required PL (PL\u003csub\u003er\u003c\/sub\u003e) According to ISO 13849-1 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Risk Parameters 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.1 S: Severity of Injury 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.2 F: Frequency and\/or Exposure Time to Hazard 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.3 P: Possibility of Avoiding Hazard or Limiting Harm 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.4 An Example on How to Use the Graph 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Rapex Directive 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Determination of the Required SIL (SIL\u003csub\u003er\u003c\/sub\u003e) According to IEC 62061 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Risk Elements and SIL Assignment 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.2 Severity (Se) 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.3 Probability of Occurrence of Harm 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.3.1 Frequency and Duration of Exposure (Fr) 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.3.2 Probability of Occurrence of a Hazardous Event (Pr) 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.3.3 Probability of Avoiding or Limiting the Harm (Av) 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.3.4 Example of the Table Use 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 The Requirements Specification 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1 Information Needed to Prepare the SRS or the FRS 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2 The Specifications of All Safety Functions 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Iterative Process to Reach the Required Reliability Level 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11 Fault Considerations and Fault Exclusion 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.1 How Many Faults Should be Considered? 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2 Fault Exclusion and Interlocking Devices 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2.1 Fault Exclusion Applied to Interlocking Devices 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2.2 Fault Exclusion on Pre-defined Subsystems 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2.3 Fault Exclusion Made by the Machinery Manufacturer 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2.4 Types of Guard Locking Mechanism 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2.5 What Are the Safety Signals in an Interlocking Device with Guard Lock? 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.2.6 What Safety Functions are Associated to a Guard Interlock 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.3 Other Examples of Fault Exclusions 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.3.1 Short Circuit Between any Two Conductors 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11.3.2 Welding of Contact Elements in Contactors 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12 International Standards for Control Circuit Devices 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.1 Direct Opening Action 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.1.1 Direct and Non-Direct Opening Action 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.2 Contactors Used in Safety Applications 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.2.1 Power Contactors 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.2.2 Auxiliary Contactors 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.2.3 Electromechanical Elementary Relays 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.3 How to Avoid Systematic Failures in Motor Branch Circuits 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.3.1 How to Protect Contactors from Overload and Short Circuit 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.3.2 Contactor Reliability Data 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.4 Implications Coming from IEC 60204-1 and NFPA 79 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.4.1 Wrong Connection of the Emergency Stop Button 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.4.2 Situation in Case of Two Faults: Again a Wrong Connection! 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.4.3 Correct Wiring and Bonding in a Control Circuit 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.5 Enabling and Hold to Run Devices 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.5.1 Enabling Devices 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.5.2 Hold to Run Device 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12.6 Current Sinking and Sourcing Digital I\/O 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13 Measures for the Avoidance of Systematic Failures 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.1 The Functional Safety Plan 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.2 Basic Safety Principles 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.2.1 Application of Good Engineering Practices 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.2.2 Use of De-energization Principles 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.2.3 Correct Protective Bonding (Electrical Basic Safety Principle) 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.3 Well-Tried Safety Principles 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.3.1 Positively Mechanically Linked Contacts 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13.3.2 Fault Avoidance in Cables 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14 Fault Masking 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.1 Introduction to the Methodology 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.1.1 Redundant Arrangement with Star Cabling 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.1.2 Redundant Arrangement with Branch Cabling 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.1.3 Redundant Arrangement with Loop Cabling 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.1.4 Single Arrangement with Star Cabling 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.1.5 Single Arrangement with Branch Cabling 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.1.6 Single Arrangement with Loop Cabling 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.2 Fault Masking Example: Unintended Reset 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.3 Methodology for DC Evaluation 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.3.1 The Simplified Method 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.3.2 Regular Method 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14.3.3 Example 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Design and Evaluation of Safety Functions \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Subsystems, Subsystem Elements, and Channels 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Subsystems 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Subsystem Element and Channel 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Decomposition of a Safety Function 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Definition of Device Types 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.1 Device Type 1 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.2 Device Type 2 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.3 Device Type 3 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.4 Device Type 4 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.5 Implication for General Purpose PLCs 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Well-Tried Components 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 List of Well-Tried Components 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.1 Mechanical Systems 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.2 Pneumatic Systems 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.3 Hydraulic Systems 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1.4 Electrical Systems 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Proven in Use and Prior Use Devices 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Proven in Use 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Prior Use Devices 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Prior Use vs Proven in Use 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Use of Process Control Systems as Protection Layers 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Information for Use 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Span of Control 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Information for the Machinery Manufacturer 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Information for the User 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Safety Software Development 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Limited and Full Variability Language 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 The V-Model 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Software Classifications According to IEC 62061 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3.1 Software Level 1 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3.2 Software Safety Requirements for Level 1 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3.3 Software Design Specifications for Level 1 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3.4 Software Testing for Level 1 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3.5 Validation of Safety-Related Software 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Software Safety Requirements According to ISO 13849-1 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4.1 Requirements When SRASW is Developed with LVL 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4.2 Software-Based Manual Parameterization 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Low Demand Mode Applications in Machinery 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 How to Understand if a Safety System is in High or in Low Demand Mode 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1.1 Milling Machine 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1.2 Industrial Furnaces 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Subsystems in Both High and Low Demand Mode 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 How to Address Low Demand Mode in Machinery 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.4 Subsystems Used in Both High and Low Demand Mode 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5 How to Assess “Mixed” Safety Systems: Method 1 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5.1 How to Estimate the Failure Rate of the Shared Subsystem 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5.2 Relationship Between PFD\u003csub\u003eavg\u003c\/sub\u003e and PFH\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5.3 Safety Functions 1 with a Shared Subsystem: Method 1 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5.4 Safety Functions 2 with a Shared Subsystem: Method 1 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.6 How to Assess “Mixed” Safety Systems: Method 2 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.6.1 How the Method Works 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.6.2 Safety Function 2 with a Shared Subsystem: Method 2 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 The Categories of ISO 13849-1 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e237\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Introduction to the Simplified Approach 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Physical and Logical Representation of the Architectures 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 The Steps to be Followed 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 The Five Categories 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Introduction 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Category B 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Category 1 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.1 Example of a Category 1 Input Subsystem: Interlocking Device 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Category 2 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Markov Modelling of Category 2 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.1 The OK State 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.2 From the OK State to the Failure State 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.3 From the Failure State to the Hazardous Event 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.4 Other States in the Transition Model 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.5 The Simplified Graph of the Markov Modelling 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.6 The Importance of the Time-Optimal Testing 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5.7 1oo1D in Case of Time-Optimal Testing 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.6 Conditions for the Correct Implementation of a Category 2 Subsystem 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.7 Examples of Category 2 Circuits 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.7.1 Example of Category 2 – PL c 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.7.2 Example of Category 2 – PL d 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.7.3 Example of a Category 2 with Undervoltage Coil 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.8 Category 3 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.8.1 Diagnostic Coverage in Category 3 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.8.2 Example of Category 3 for Input Subsystem: Interlocking Device 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.8.3 Example of Category 3 for Output Subsystem: Pneumatic Actuator 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.9 Category 4 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.9.1 Category 4 When the Demand Rate is Relatively Low 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.9.2 Example of a Category 4 Input Subsystem: Emergency Stop 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.9.3 Example of Category 4 for Output Subsystems: Electric Motor 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Simplified Approach for Estimating the Performance Level 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Conditions for the Simplified Approach 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 How to Calculate MTTF\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e of a Subsystem 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Estimation of the Performance Level 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 The Simplified Graph 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Table K.1 in Annex K 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.3 The Extended Graph 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Determination of the Reliability of a Safety Function 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 The Architectures of IEC 62061 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e273\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 The Architectural Constraints 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 The Simplified Approach 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.1 Differences with ISO 13849-1 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.2 How to Calculate the PFHD of a Basic Subsystem Architecture 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 The Avoidance of Systematic Failures 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4 Relationship Between \u003ci\u003eλD \u003c\/i\u003eand MTTFD 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Four Subsystem Architectures 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Repairable vs Non-Repairable Systems 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Basic Subsystem Architecture A: 1oo1 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.1 Implications of the Architectural Constraints in Basic Subsystem Architecture A 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.2 Example of a Basic Subsystem Architecture A 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Basic Subsystem Architecture B: 1oo2 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3.1 Implications of Architectural Constraints in Basic Subsystem Architecture B 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3.2 Example of a Basic Output Subsystem Architecture B: Electric Motor 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Basic Subsystem Architecture C: 1oo1D 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4.1 Conditions for a Correct Implementation of Basic Subsystem Architecture C 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4.2 Basic Subsystem Architecture C with Fault Handling Done by the SCS 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Basic Subsystem Architecture C with Mixed Fault Handling 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5.1 PFH\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e in Case of Four Conditions Satisfied 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5.2 PFH\u003csub\u003eD\u003c\/sub\u003e in Case One of the Four Conditions is Not Satisfied 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5.3 Implications of the Architectural Constraints in Basic Subsystem Architecture C 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.6 Example of a Basic Subsystem Architecture C 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.7 Alternative Formula for the Basic Subsystem Architecture C 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8 Basic Subsystem Architecture D: 1oo2D 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8.1 Implications of the Architectural Constraints in Basic Subsystem Architecture D 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8.2 Example of Input Basic Subsystem Architecture D: Emergency Stop 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8.3 Example of Input Basic Subsystem Architecture D: Interlocking Device 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8.4 Example of a Basic Subsystem Architecture D Output 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Determination of the Reliability of a Safety Function 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Validation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Level of Independence of People Doing the Validation 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Flow Chart of the Validation Process 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 The Validation Plan 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Fault List 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Validation Measures Against Systematic Failures 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Information Needed for the Validation 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Analysis and Testing 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.1 Analysis 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.2 Testing 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.3 Validation of the Safety Integrity of Subsystems 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.4 Validation of the Safety-related Software 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.5 Software-based Manual Parameterization 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Some Final Considerations \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e307\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 ISO 13849-1 vs IEC 62061 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 High vs Low-Demand Mode Applications 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 The Importance of Risk Assessment 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Principles of Safety Integration 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.1 The Glass Dome 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 How to Run a Risk Assessment 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 317\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738367471959,"sku":"9781119789048","price":85.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119789048.jpg?v=1723811982"},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-semiconductor-materials-and-devices-9781119891406","title":"Fundamentals of Semiconductor Materials and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments x\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website xiv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 The Classical Electron 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Two-Slit Electron Experiment 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 The Photoelectric Effect 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Wave-Packets and Uncertainty 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 The Wavefunction 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 The Schrödinger Equation 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 The Electron in a One-Dimensional Well 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 The Hydrogen Atom 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10 Electron Transmission and Reflection at Potential Energy Step 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11 Spin 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12 The Pauli Exclusion Principle 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.13 Operators and the Postulates of Quantum Mechanics 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.14 Expectation Values and Hermitian Operators 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.15 Summary 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNote 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Semiconductor Physics 46\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The Band Theory of Solids 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Bloch Functions 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The Kronig–Penney Model 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The Bragg Model 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Effective Mass in Three Dimensions 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Number of States in a Band 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Band Filling 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Fermi Energy and Holes 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Carrier Concentration 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Semiconductor Materials 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Semiconductor Band Diagrams 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 Direct Gap and Indirect Gap Semiconductors 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14 Extrinsic Semiconductors 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15 Carrier Transport in Semiconductors 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16 Equilibrium and Nonequilibrium Dynamics 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.17 Carrier Diffusion and the Einstein Relation 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.18 Quasi-Fermi Energies 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.19 The Diffusion Equation 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.20 Traps and Carrier Lifetimes 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.21 Alloy Semiconductors 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.23 Summary 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 The p-n Junction Diode 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Diode Current 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Contact Potential 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 The Depletion Approximation 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 The Diode Equation 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Reverse Breakdown and the Zener Diode 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Tunnel Diodes 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Generation\/Recombination Currents 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Metal-Semiconductor Junctions 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Heterojunctions 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Alternating Current (AC) and Transient Behavior 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12 Summary 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNote 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Photon Emission and Absorption 182\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction to Luminescence and Absorption 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Physics of Light Emission 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Simple Harmonic Radiator 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Quantum Description 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 The Exciton 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Two-Electron Atoms and the Exchange Interaction 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Molecular Excitons 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Band-to-Band Transitions 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Photometric Units 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Summary 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNote 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Semiconductor Devices Based on the p-n Junction 220\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 The p-n Junction Solar Cell 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Light Absorption 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Solar Radiation 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Solar Cell Design and Analysis 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Solar Cell Efficiency Limits and Tandem Cells 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 The Light Emitting Diode 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Emission Spectrum 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Non-Radiative Recombination 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Optical Outcoupling 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 GaAs LEDs 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 GaP:N LEDs 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13 Double Heterojunction Al X Ga 1−x as Leds 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.14 AlGaInP LEDs 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.15 Ga 1−x in X N Leds 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.16 Bipolar Junction Transistor 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.17 Junction Field Effect Transistor 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.18 BJT and JFET Symbols and Applications 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.19 Summary 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 The Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor 283\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction to the MOSFET 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 MOSFET Physics 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 MOS Capacitor Analysis 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Accumulation Layer and Inversion Layer Thicknesses 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Capacitance of MOS Capacitor 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Work Functions, Trapped Charges, and Ion Beam Implantation 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Surface Mobility 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 MOSFET Transistor Characteristics 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 MOSFET Scaling 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 Nanoscale Photolithography 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11 Ion Beam Implantation 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12 MOSFET Fabrication 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.13 CMOS Structures 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14 Threshold Voltage Adjustment 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.15 Two-Dimensional Electron Gas 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.16 Modeling Nanoscale MOSFETs 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.17 Flash Memory 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.18 Tunneling 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.19 Summary 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecommended Reading 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 The Quantum Dot 353\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction and Overview 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Quantum Dot Semiconductor Materials 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Synthesis of Quantum Dots 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Quantum Dot Confinement Physics 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Franck-Condon Principle and the Stokes Shift 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 The Quantum Mechanical Oscillator 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Vibronic Transitions 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Surface Passivation 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Auger Processes 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 Biological Applications of Quantum Dots 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 Summary 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecommended Reading 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Organic Semiconductor Materials and Devices 400\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction to Organic Electronics 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Conjugated Systems 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Polymer OLEDs 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Small-Molecule OLEDs 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Anode Materials 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Cathode Materials 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Hole Injection Layer 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Electron Injection Layer 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 Hole Transport Layer 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10 Electron Transport Layer 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.11 Light Emitting Material Processes 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.12 Host Materials 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.13 Fluorescent Dopants 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.14 Phosphorescent and Thermally Activated Delayed Fluorescence Dopants 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.15 Organic Solar Cells 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.16 Organic Solar Cell Materials 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.17 The Organic Field Effect Transistor 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.18 Summary 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 One- and Two-Dimensional Semiconductor Materials and Devices 456\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Density Functional Theory 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Transition Metal Dichalcogenides 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Multigate MOSFETs 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Summary 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecommended Reading 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 1: Physical Constants 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2: Derivation of the Uncertainty Principle 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3: Derivation of Group Velocity 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4: Reduced Mass 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 5: The Boltzmann Distribution Function 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 6: Properties of Semiconductor Materials 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 7: Calculation of the Bonding and Antibonding Orbital Energies Versus Interproton Separation for the Hydrogen Molecular Ion 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 501\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738373468503,"sku":"9781119891406","price":85.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119891406.jpg?v=1723811988"},{"product_id":"essentials-of-signals-and-systems-9781119909217","title":"Essentials of Signals and Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Author xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Review of Linear Algebra 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Vectors, Scalars, and Bases 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Linear Combinations on the Left-hand Side of the Scalar Product 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Vector Representation in Different Bases 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Linear Operators 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Representation of Linear Operators 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 General Method of Solution of a Matrix Equation 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 The Closure Relation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 Representation of Linear Operators in Terms of Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10 The Dirac Notation 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Bra of the Action of an Operator on a Ket 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11 Exercises 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInterlude: Signals and Systems: What is it About? 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Representation of Signals 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The Convolution 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: First Example of Convolution 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Second Example of Convolution 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The Impulse Function, or Dirac Delta 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Convolutions with Impulse Functions 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Convolution with δ(t − a) 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Impulse Functions as a Basis: The Time Domain Representation of Signals 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 The Scalar Product 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Orthonormality of the Basis of Impulse Functions 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Proof of Orthonormality of the Basis of Impulse Functions 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Exponentials as a Basis: The Frequency Domain Representation of Signals 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 The Fourier Transform 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Fourier Transform of the Rectangular Function 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 The Algebraic Meaning of Fourier Transforms 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Projection on the Basis of Exponentials 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 The Physical Meaning of Fourier Transforms 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Properties of Fourier Transforms 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.1 Fourier Transform and the DC level 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.2 Property of Reality 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.3 Symmetry Between Time and Frequency 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.4 Time Shifting 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.5 Spectral Shifting 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Property of Spectral Shifting and AM Modulation 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.6 Differentiation 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.7 Integration 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.8 Convolution in the Time Domain 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.9 Product in the Time Domain 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Fourier Transform of a Physical Sinusoidal Wave 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.10 The Energy of a Signal and Parseval’s Theorem 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 The Fourier Series 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Fourier Series of a Square Wave 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14 Exercises 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Representation of Systems 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction and Properties 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Linearity 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Time Invariance 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of a Time Invariant System 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: An Example of a Time Variant System 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Causality 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Operators Representing Linear and Time Invariant Systems 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Linear Systems as Matrices 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Operators in Dirac Notation 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Statement of the Problem 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of LTI Operators 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 General Method of Solution 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Step 1: Defining the Problem 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 Step 2: Finding the Eigenvalues 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3 Step 3: The Representation in the Basis of Eigenvectors 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.4 Step 4: Solving the Equation and Returning to the Original Basis 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Input is an Eigenvector 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Input is an Explicit Linear Combination of Eigenvectors 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: An Arbitrary Input 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 The Physical Meaning of Eigenvalues: The Impulse and Frequency Responses 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Impulse and Frequency Responses of a Harmonic Oscillator 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: How can the Frequency Response be Measured? 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Transient of a Harmonic Oscillator 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Charge and Discharge in an RC Circuit 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Frequency Conservation in LTI Systems 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Frequency Conservation in Other Fields 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.1 Snell’s Law 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.2 Wavefunctions and Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Exercises 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Electric Circuits as LTI Systems 157\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Electric Circuits as LTI Systems 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Phasors, Impedances, and the Frequency Response 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: An RLC Circuit as a Harmonic Oscillator 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Exercises 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Filters 165\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Ideal Filters 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Example of a Low-pass Filter 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Example of a High-pass Filter 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Example of a Band-pass Filter 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Exercises 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Introduction to the Laplace Transform 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Motivation: Stability of LTI Systems 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 The Laplace Transform as a Generalization of the Fourier Transform 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Properties of Laplace Transforms 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Region of Convergence 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Inverse Laplace Transform by Inspection 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of Inverse Laplace Transform by Inspection 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Impulse Response of a Harmonic Oscillator 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Zeros and Poles 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Finding the Zeros and Poles 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Poles of a Harmonic Oscillator 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 The Unilateral Laplace Transform 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 The Differentiation Property of the Unilateral Fourier Transform 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Differentiation Property of the Unilateral Fourier Transform Involving Higher Order Derivatives 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of Differentiation Using the Unilateral Fourier Transform 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Discharge of an RC Circuit 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Generalization to the Unilateral Laplace Transform 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Exercises 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInterlude: Discrete Signals and Systems: Why do we Need Them? 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 The Sampling Theorem and the Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT) 205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Discrete Signals 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Fourier Transforms of Discrete Signals and the Sampling Theorem 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 The Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT) 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of a Matlab Routine to Calculate the Dtft 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Fourier Transform from the DTFT 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Inverse DTFT 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Properties of the DTFT 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 ‘Time’ shifting 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Difference 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Sum 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Convolution in the ‘Time’ Domain 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Product in the Time Domain 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.6 The Theorem that Should not be: Energy of Discrete Signals 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Concluding Remarks 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Exercises 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) 239\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Discretizing the Frequency Domain 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 The DFT and the Fast Fourier Transform (fft) 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Getting the Centralized DFT Using the Command fft 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Getting the Fourier Transform with the fft 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Obtaining the Inverse Fourier Transform Using the ifft 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 The Circular Time Shift 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 The Circular Convolution 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Relationship Between Circular and Linear Convolutions 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Parseval’s Theorem for the DFT 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Exercises 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Discrete Systems 275\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction and Properties 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Linearity 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 ‘Time’ invariance 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Causality 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Stability 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Linear and Time Invariant Discrete Systems 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Further Advantages of Frequency Domain 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Digital Filters 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Exercises 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Introduction to the z-transform 287\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Motivation: Stability of LTI Systems 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 The z-transform as a Generalization of the DTFT 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of z-transform 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Relationship Between the z-transform and the Laplace Transform 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Properties of the z-transform 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 ‘Time’ shifting 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Difference 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Sum 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Convolution in the Time Domain 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 The Transfer Function of Discrete LTI Systems 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 The Unilateral z-transform 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Exercises 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences with Comments 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: Laplace Transform Property of Product in the Time Domain 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: List of Properties of Laplace Transforms 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 305\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738375467351,"sku":"9781119909217","price":57.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119909217.jpg?v=1723811993"},{"product_id":"the-project-managers-guide-to-mastering-agile-9781119931355","title":"The Project Managers Guide to Mastering Agile","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTHE \u003cb\u003ePROJECT MANAGER'S\u003c\/b\u003e GUIDE TO \u003cb\u003eMASTERING AGILE\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eUpdated guide to Agile methodologies, with real-world case studies and valuable frameworks for project managers moving to Agile\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eThe Project Manager's Guide to Mastering Agile\u003c\/i\u003e helps project managers who are faced with the challenge of adapting their project management approach to an Agile environment, showing how these approaches can work jointly to improve project outcomes in any project, with discussion topics and real-world case studies that facilitate hands-on learning.  It also provides project managers with the fundamental knowledge to take a leadership role in working with companies to develop a well-integrated, enterprise-level Agile Project Management approach to fit their business.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original edition of this book has been very successful and is used as a graduate-level textbook in several universities. This new edition builds on the success of the original edition and includes updated conten\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Introduction to Agile Project Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Chasm in Project Management Philosophies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Impact on the Project Management Profession\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Evolution of Agile and Waterfall\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Evolution of the Project Management Profession\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Management Benefits\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 1: Fundamentals of Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Agile History and the Agile Manifesto\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Early History\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Manifesto (2001)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Scrum Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum Framework\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneral Scrum\/Agile Principles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum Values\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Agile Planning, Requirements, and Product Backlog\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Planning Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Requirements Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUser Personas and Stories\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProduct Backlog\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 2: Agile Project Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Agile Development, Quality, and Testing Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Software Development Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Quality Management Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Testing Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Time-Boxing, Kanban, and Theory of Constraints\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Importance of Flow\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTime-Boxing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKanban Process\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTheory of Constraints\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Agile Estimation\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Estimation Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Estimation Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVelocity and burn-down\/burn-up charts\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of key points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Agile Project Management Role\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Management Shifts in Thinking\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePotential Agile Project Management Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile, PMI®, and PMBOK®\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Agile Communications and Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Communications Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Management Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Learning to See the Big Picture\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Thinking\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplex Adaptive Systems\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: The Roots of Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfluence of Total Quality Management (TQM)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfluence of Lean Manufacturing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrinciples of Product Development Flow\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 3: Agile Project Management Planning and Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Hybrid Agile Models\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is a Hybrid Agile Model and Why Would You Use It?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Are the Benefits of a Hybrid Agile Model?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Different About a Hybrid Agile Model?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing the Right Approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13: Value-driven Delivery\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eValue-driven Delivery Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrinciples of Value-driven Delivery\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomer-value Prioritization Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eValue-driven Delivery Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14: Adaptive Planning\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is Adaptive Planning?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRolling Wave Planning\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgressive Elaboration and Multi-level Planning\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15: Agile Planning Practices and Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProduct\/Project Vision\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProduct Roadmaps\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploratory 360 Assessment\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Functional Decomposition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Charter\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16: Agile Stakeholder Management and Agile Contracts\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Is Stakeholder Management Important?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is a Stakeholder?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStakeholder Management Process\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat's Different About Agile Stakeholder Management?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Contracts\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17: Distributed Project Management  in Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Distributed Project Management?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDistributed Project Management Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 4: Making Agile Work for a Business\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18: Scaling Agile to an Enterprise Level\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Agile Challenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Obstacles to Overcome\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Implementation Considerations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Management Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 19: Scaling Agile for Multiple Team Projects\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum of Scrums Approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLarge Scale Scrum (LeSS)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNexus\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum at Scale\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 20: Adapting an Agile Approach to Fit a Business\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Impact of Different Business Environments on Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypical Levels of Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCorporate Culture and Values\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 21: Enterprise-Level Agile Transformations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning an Agile Transformation\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdaptive Project Governance Model\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 5: Enterprise-Level Agile Frameworks\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 22: Scaled Agile Framework\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Competency Areas\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Core Values\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLean Agile Mindset\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Lean Agile Principles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Artifacts and Supporting Capabilities\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 23: Disciplined Agile Delivery\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Full Delivery Lifecycles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Mindset\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Tool Kit\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 24: Managed Agile Development Framework\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaged Agile Development Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObjectives of Managed Agile Development\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFramework Description\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoles and Responsibilities\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 25: Summary of Enterprise-Level Frameworks\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHigh-level Comparison\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow These Frameworks Have Evolved\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 6: Case Studies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 26: “Not-So-Successful” Case Studies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompany A\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompany B\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompany C\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 27: Case Study—Valpak\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackground\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Success Factors\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResults and Conclusions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 28: Case Study—Harvard Pilgrim Health Care\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackground\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject management approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Success Factors\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConclusions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 29: Case Study—General Dynamics UK Limited.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackground\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Management Approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Success Factors\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConclusions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 30: Agile Hardware Development\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Hardware Development Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow It’s Done at Tesla\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverall Summary\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 31: Non-Software Case Studies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Home Remodeling\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Book Publishing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 32: Overall Summary\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEvolution of the Project Management Profession\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat To Do Differently\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneral Recommendations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: Additional Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: Glossary of Terms\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C: Example Project\/Program Charter Template\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D: Suggested Course Outline\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738376024407,"sku":"9781119931355","price":49.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119931355.jpg?v=1723811993"},{"product_id":"cost-and-value-management-in-projects-2nd-edition-9781119933540","title":"Cost and Value Management in Projects 2nd Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to the Second Edition xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to the Challenge of Cost and Value Management in Projects 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Importance of Cost and Value Management in Projects 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Keys to Effective Project Cost Management 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Essential Features of Project Value Management 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Organization of the Book 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Project Needs Assessment, Concept Development, and Planning 23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Needs Identification 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Conceptual Development 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Project Feasibility 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Five Areas of Project Feasibility 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Benefits of Conducting a Project Feasibility Study 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The Statement of Work 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Project Planning 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Project Scope Definition 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Purpose of the Scope Definition Document 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Elements of the Scope Definition Document 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Project Scope Changes 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Work Breakdown Structure 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 Types of Work Breakdown Structures 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2 Work Breakdown Structure Development 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3 Coding of Work Breakdown Structures 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.4 Integrating the WBS and the Organization 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.5 Guidelines for Developing a Work Breakdown Structure 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Cost Estimation 55\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Importance of Cost Estimation 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Problems of Cost Estimation 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Sources and Categories of Project Costs 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Cost Estimating Methods 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Cost Estimation Process 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Creating the Detailed Estimate 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Allowances for Contingencies in Cost Estimation 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 The Use of Learning Curves in Cost Estimation 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A Appendix to Chapter 3: Forecasting Methods for Cost and Value Management 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.1 Categories of Forecasting in Project Management 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.2 Forecasting Methods for Projects 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.3 Time Series Analysis 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.4 Linear Regression Analysis 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.4.1 Evaluating the “Fit” of the Regression Line 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.4.2 Limitations in Forecasting Using Linear Regression 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.4 Forecasting the Project End Conditions 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.5 S- Curve Forecasting 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3A.6 Technological Forecasting 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Project Budgeting 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Issues in Project Budgeting 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Developing a Project Budget 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Issues in Creating a Project Budget 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Approaches to Developing a Project Budget 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Top- down Budgeting 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Bottom- up Budgeting 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Preparing the Project Budget 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Activity- based Costing 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Steps in Activity- based Costing 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Cost Drivers in Activity- based Costing 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Sample Project Budget 1 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Sample Project Budget 2 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Program Budgeting 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Time- phased Budgets 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Tracking Chart 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Developing a Project Contingency Budget 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Allocation of Contingency Funds 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Drawbacks of Contingency Funding 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Advantages of Contingency Funding 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Issues in Budget Development 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Crashing the Project: Budget Effects 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Crashing Project Activities— Decision Making 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Project Cost Control 141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Overview of the Project Evaluation and Control System 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Project Control Process 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Integrating Cost and Time in Monitoring Project Performance: The S- Curve 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Earned Value Management 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Earned Value Management Model 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Fundamentals of Earned Value 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 EVM Terminology 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Relevancy of Earned Value Management 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Conducting an Earned Value Analysis 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Performing an Earned Value Assessment 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Managing a Portfolio of Projects with Earned Value Management 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Important Issues in the Effective Use of Earned Value Management 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Benefits of EVM 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13 EVM Using Microsoft Project 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13.1 Step 1. Enter Resources in the Resource Sheet View 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13.2 Step 2. Assign Resources to Tasks 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13.3 Step 3. Save the Project Baseline 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13.4 Step 4. Record Project Actuals 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13.5 Step 5. Review the EVA View and Reports 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13.6 Step 6. Calculate Schedule Performance and Cost Performance indices 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13.7 Summary: Earned Value Management in Six Easy Steps 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Cash Flow Management 177\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 The Concept of Cash Flow 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Cash Flow and the Worth of Projects 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 The Time Value of Money, and Techniques for Determining It 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Applying Discounting to Project Cash Flow 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Payment Arrangements 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Cost- Reimbursable Arrangements 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Payment Plans 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Claims and Variations 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Cost Variation Due to Inflation and Exchange Rate Fluctuation 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 Price Incentives 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.6 Retentions 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Financial Management in Projects 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Project Financial Management 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Project Accounting 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Financing of Projects Versus Project Finance 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Principles of Financing Projects 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Types and Sources of Finance 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Sources of Finance 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Cost of Financing 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Project Finance 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 The Process of Project Financial Management 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.1 Conducting Feasibility Studies 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.2 Planning the Project Finance 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.3 Arranging the Financial Package 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.4 Controlling the Financial Package 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.5 Controlling Financial Risk 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.6 Options Models 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Value Management 223\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Concept of Value 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Dimensions and Measures of Value 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Overview of Value Management 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Definition 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Scope 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Key Principles of VM 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Key Attributes of VM 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Value Management Terms 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Need for Value Management in Projects 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 The Value Management Approach 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Cross- functional Framework 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Use of Functions 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 Structured Decision Process 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 The VM Process 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Benefits of Value Management 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 Other VM Requirements 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10 Value Management Reviews 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.11 Relationship Between Project Value and Risk 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.12 Value Management as an Aid to Risk Assessment 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.13 An Example of How VM and Risk Management Interrelate 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.14 Project Benefits Management 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Change Control and Configuration Management 255\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Causes of Changes 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Influence of Changes 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Configuration Management 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Configuration Management Standards 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 The CM Process 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Role and Benefits of Configuration Management in Projects 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Control of Changes 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Change Control Procedure and Configuration Control 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9 Responsibility for the Control of Changes 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.10 Crisis Management 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.11 An Example of Configuration Management 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Supply Chain Management 285\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 What Is Supply Chain Management? 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 The Need to Manage Supply Chains 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 SCM Benefits 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Critical Areas of SCM 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Customers 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Suppliers 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Design and Operations 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Logistics 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5 Inventory 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 SCM Issues in Project Management 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Value Drivers in Project Supply Chain Management 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Optimizing Value in Project Supply Chains 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.1 Total Quality Management 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2 Choosing the Right Supply Chain 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Project Supply Chain Process Framework 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.1 Procurement 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.2 Conversion 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8.3 Delivery 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Integrating the Supply Chain 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Performance Metrics in Project Supply Chain Management 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11 Project Supply Chain Metrics and the Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR) Model 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.12 Future Issues in Project Supply Chain Management 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Quality Management in Projects 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Definition of Quality in Projects 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Elements of Project Quality 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 The Project’s Product 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Management Processes 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Quality Planning 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Quality Assurance (QA) 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 Quality Control 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.6 Corporate Culture 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Total Quality Management in Projects 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Root Cause Analysis 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Quality Management System 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Quality Management Methods for a Project Organization 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.1 The Six Sigma Methodology 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.2 The Six Sigma Model for Projects 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.3 Application of Six Sigma in Software Project Management 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Quality Standards for Projects 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Integrating Cost and Value in Projects 345\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 The Project Value Chain 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Project Value Chain Analysis 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Sources and Strategies for Integrating Cost and Value in Projects 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 The Project’s Inbound Supply Chain 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Project Design 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Project Development 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Project Delivery\/Implementation 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Costs of the Project Life Cycle Employing the LCC Model 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Integrated Value and Risk Management 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 The Project Cost and Value Integration Process 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Summary 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion and Review Questions 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 373\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738376122711,"sku":"9781119933540","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119933540.jpg?v=1723811996"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-thermodynamics-for-engineers-fourth-edition-9781260456523","title":"Schaums Outline of Thermodynamics for Engineers","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFortunately, thereâs Schaumâs.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaumâs to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaumâs is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. You also get hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practice exercises to test your skills. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSchaumâs Outline of Thermodynamics for Engineers\u003c\/i\u003e, Fourth Edition is packed with four sample tests for the engineering qualifying exam, hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practice exercises to test your skills. This updated guide approaches the su\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface \u003cbr\u003e Contents \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 1 Concepts, Definitions, and Basic Principles \u003cbr\u003e 1.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 1.2 Thermodynamic Systems and Control Volumes \u003cbr\u003e 1.3 Macroscopic Description \u003cbr\u003e 1.4 Properties and State of a System \u003cbr\u003e 1.5 Thermodynamic Equilibrium and Processes \u003cbr\u003e 1.6 Units \u003cbr\u003e 1.7 Density, Specific Volume, and Specific Weight \u003cbr\u003e 1.8 Pressure \u003cbr\u003e 1.9 Temperature \u003cbr\u003e 1.10 Energy \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 2 Properties of Pure Substances \u003cbr\u003e 2.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 2.2 The P-v-T Surface \u003cbr\u003e 2.3 The Liquid-Vapor Region \u003cbr\u003e 2.4 Property Calculations \u003cbr\u003e 2.5 The Ideal-Gas Equation of State \u003cbr\u003e 2.6 Equations of State for a Nonideal Gas \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 3 Work and Heat \u003cbr\u003e 3.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 3.2 Definition of Work \u003cbr\u003e 3.3 Quasi-Equilibrium Work due to a Moving Boundary \u003cbr\u003e 3.4 Nonequilibrium Work \u003cbr\u003e 3.5 Other Work Modes \u003cbr\u003e 3.6 Heat \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 4 The First Law of Thermodynamics \u003cbr\u003e 4.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 4.2 The First Law of Thermodynamics Applied to a Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 4.3 The First Law Applied to a Process \u003cbr\u003e 4.4 Enthalpy \u003cbr\u003e 4.5 Latent Heat \u003cbr\u003e 4.6 Specific Heats \u003cbr\u003e 4.7 The First Law Applied to Various Processes \u003cbr\u003e 4.8 General Formulation for Control Volumes \u003cbr\u003e 4.9 Applications of the Energy Equation to Control Volumes \u003cbr\u003e 4.10 Transient Flow \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 5 The Second Law of Thermodynamics \u003cbr\u003e 5.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 5.2 Heat Engines, Heat Pumps, and Refrigerators \u003cbr\u003e 5.3 Statements of the Second Law of Thermodynamics \u003cbr\u003e 5.4 Reversibility \u003cbr\u003e 5.5 The Carnot Engine \u003cbr\u003e 5.6 Carnot Efficiency \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 6 Entropy \u003cbr\u003e 6.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 6.2 Definition \u003cbr\u003e 6.3 Entropy for an Ideal Gas with Constant Specific Heats \u003cbr\u003e 6.4 Entropy for an Ideal Gas with Variable Specific Heats \u003cbr\u003e 6.5 Entropy for Substances such as Steam, Solids, and Liquids \u003cbr\u003e 6.6 The Inequality of Clausius \u003cbr\u003e 6.7 Entropy Change for an Irreversible Process \u003cbr\u003e 6.8 The Second Law Applied to a Control Volume \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 7 Reversible Work, Irreversibility, and Availability \u003cbr\u003e 7.1 Basic Concepts \u003cbr\u003e 7.2 Reversible Work and Irreversibility \u003cbr\u003e 7.3 Availability and Exergy \u003cbr\u003e 7.4 Second-Law Analysis of a Cycle \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 8 Gas Power Cycles \u003cbr\u003e 8.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 8.2 Gas Compressors \u003cbr\u003e 8.3 The Air-Standard Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.4 The Carnot Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.5 The Otto Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.6 The Diesel Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.7 The Dual Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.8 The Stirling and Ericsson Cycles \u003cbr\u003e 8.9 The Brayton Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.10 The Regenerative Brayton Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.11 The Intercooling, Reheating, Regenerative Brayton Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 8.12 The Turbojet Engine \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 9 Vapor Power Cycles \u003cbr\u003e 9.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 9.2 The Rankine Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 9.3 Rankine Cycle Efficiency \u003cbr\u003e 9.4 The Reheat Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 9.5 The Regenerative Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 9.6 The Supercritical Rankine Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 9.7 Effect of Losses on Power Cycle Efficiency \u003cbr\u003e 9.8 The Combined Brayton-Rankine Cycle \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 10 Refrigeration Cycles \u003cbr\u003e 10.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 10.2 The Vapor Refrigeration Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 10.3 The Multistage Vapor Refrigeration Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 10.4 The Heat Pump \u003cbr\u003e 10.5 The Absorption Refrigeration Cycle \u003cbr\u003e 10.6 The Gas Refrigeration Cycle \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 11 Thermodynamic Relations \u003cbr\u003e 11.1 Three Differential Relations \u003cbr\u003e 11.2 The Maxwell Relations \u003cbr\u003e 11.3 The Clapeyron Equation \u003cbr\u003e 11.4 Further Consequences of the Maxwell Relations \u003cbr\u003e 11.5 Relationships Involving Specific Heats \u003cbr\u003e 11.6 The Joule-Thomson Coefficient \u003cbr\u003e 11.7 Enthalpy, Internal Energy, and Entropy Changes of Real Gases \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 12 Mixtures and Psychrometrics \u003cbr\u003e 12.1 Basic Definitions \u003cbr\u003e 12.2 Ideal-Gas Law for Mixtures \u003cbr\u003e 12.3 A Mixture of Ideal Gases \u003cbr\u003e 12.4 Air-Vapor Mixtures: Psychrometry \u003cbr\u003e 12.5 Adiabatic Saturation and Wet-Bulb Temperatures \u003cbr\u003e 12.6 The Psychrometric Chart \u003cbr\u003e 12.7 Air-Conditioning Processes \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Review Questions for the FE Examination \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 13 Combustion \u003cbr\u003e 13.1 Combustion Equations \u003cbr\u003e 13.2 Enthalpy of Formation, Enthalpy of Combustion, and the First Law \u003cbr\u003e 13.3 Adiabatic Flame Temperature \u003cbr\u003e Solved Problems \u003cbr\u003e Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Supplementary Problems \u003cbr\u003e Sample Exams for a Semester Course for Engineering Students \u003cbr\u003e Exam No. 1 \u003cbr\u003e Exam No. 2 \u003cbr\u003e Exam No. 3 \u003cbr\u003e Final Exam \u003cbr\u003e Appendix A Conversions of Units \u003cbr\u003e Appendix B Material Properties \u003cbr\u003e Appendix C Properties of Water (Steam Tables) \u003cbr\u003e Appendix D Properties of R134a \u003cbr\u003e Appendix E Ideal-Gas Tables \u003cbr\u003e Appendix F Psychrometric Charts \u003cbr\u003e Appendix G Compressibility Chart \u003cbr\u003e Appendix H Enthalpy Departure Charts \u003cbr\u003e Appendix I Entropy Departure Charts \u003cbr\u003e Index\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738479440215,"sku":"9781260456523","price":17.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260456523.jpg?v=1723812079"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-engineering-mechanics-statics-seventh-edition-9781260462883","title":"Schaums Outline of Engineering Mechanics Statics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eFortunately, thereâs Schaumâs. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaumâs to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaumâs is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. You also get hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practice exercises to test your skills. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Schaumâs Outline gives you:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e628 fully solved problems to reinforce knowledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 final practice exam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHundreds of examples with explanations of statics concepts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra practice on topics such as orthogonal triad of unit vectors, resultant of distributed force system, noncoplanar force systems, slope of the Shear diagram, and slope of the Moment diagram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for all the major textbooks for statics courses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003eAccess to revise","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738480914775,"sku":"9781260462883","price":17.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260462883.jpg?v=1723812080"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-fluid-mechanics-second-edition-9781260462845","title":"Schaums Outline of Fluid Mechanics Second Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStay on top of your fluid mechanics courseâand study smarter for the Fundamentals of Engineering Examâwith the thoroughly updated Schaumâs Outline bestseller\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFortunately, thereâs Schaumâs. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaumâs to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaumâs is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. You also get hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practice exercises to test your skills. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Schaumâs Outline gives you:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e510 fully solved problems to reinforce knowledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 practice exams (one multiple choice and one partial credit) after each of the first 9 chapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 final practice exams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e54 Fundamentals of Engineering questions for the engineering qualifying exam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738481275223,"sku":"9781260462845","price":17.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260462845.jpg?v=1723812081"},{"product_id":"statics-and-mechanics-of-materials-si-units-9781292460208","title":"Statics and Mechanics of Materials SI Units","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR.C. Hibbeler\u003c\/strong\u003e graduated from the University of Illinois-Urbana with a B.S. in Civil Engineering (major in Structures) and an M.S. in Nuclear Engineering. He obtained his PhD in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics from Northwestern University. Professor Hibbeler's professional experience includes postdoctoral work in reactor safety and analysis at Argonne National Laboratory, and structural and stress analysis work at Chicago Bridge and Iron, as well as at Sargent and Lundy in Chicago. He has practiced engineering in Ohio, New York, and Louisiana.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral Principles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForce Vectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForce System Resultants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquilibrium of a Rigid Body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural Analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter of Gravity, Centroid, and Moment of Inertia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStress and Strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical Properties of Materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAxial Load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTorsion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransverse Shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombined Loadings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStress and Strain Transformation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign of Beams and Shafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeflection of Beams and Shafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuckling of Columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e  Appendices  \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMathematical Review and Expressions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometric Properties of an Area and Volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometric Properties of Wide-Flange Sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlopes and Deflections of Beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738552021335,"sku":"9781292460208","price":70.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781292460208.jpg?v=1723812136"},{"product_id":"handbook-of-self-cleaning-surfaces-and-materials-from-fundamentals-to-applications-9783527330966","title":"Handbook of Self-Cleaning Surfaces and Materials:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eHandbook of Self-Cleaning Surfaces and Materials\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe first truly comprehensive work on this rapidly developing field in two volumes\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelf-cleaning surfaces are those that can be cleaned, for instance, by sun or rainwater, without human intervention. They are sometimes found in nature but developing man-made equivalents has been a major area of nanotechnology research in recent years. Self-cleaning tiles, glasses, paints, and textiles have been \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003edeveloped to date, and the number of applications for this technology is growing. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eHandbook of Self-Cleaning Surfaces and Materials \u003c\/i\u003eprovides a comprehensive overview of this field of study. It includes two volumes, with the first presenting the basic principles of the field and the second supplying specific examples and applications. It is a one-stop shop for anyone looking to familiarize themselves with this area of technological research, as well as for existing professionals who want a handy and thorough reference. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReaders of the Handbook of \u003ci\u003eSelf-Cleaning Surfaces and Materials \u003c\/i\u003ewill also find: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn editor and contributor team with decades of experience in both academic and industrial research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed treatment of subjects including TiO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e photocatalysis, hydrophobic self-cleaning surfaces, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFigures throughout illustrating important concepts and chemical formulas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eHandbook of Self-Cleaning Surfaces and Materials \u003c\/i\u003eis an essential resource for researchers and industry professionals in chemistry, surface physics, and materials science.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLUME I\u003cbr\u003e Introduction: Photoprocesses Overview\u003cbr\u003e Mechanisms of Photo-Induced Oxidative Decomposition\u003cbr\u003e Reaction Mechanisms for TiO2 Powder Photocatalyzed Systems\u003cbr\u003e Mechanism of Photoinduced Superhydrophilicity\u003cbr\u003e Theoretical Investigation on Optical Signatures and Photochemical Properties of Photocatalytic Tio2 Surfaces\u003cbr\u003e Scientific Evaluation Methods in Photocatalysis \u003cbr\u003e Photocatalyst Activity Indicator Inks (PAII's)\u003cbr\u003e Fabrication of TiO2 Thin Films By Solution Processes and Preparation of Coating Solutions\u003cbr\u003e Morphology Control of TiO2 Particles Towards Highly Active Decomposition Under UV or Visible Light\u003cbr\u003e Development of Visible-Light-Driven Superhydrophilic Thin Films \u003cbr\u003e Nitrogen Doping Into TiO2 and Loading of Cocatalysts Towards Enhanced Photooxidation Under Visible Light\u003cbr\u003e Electronic States in Pure and Doped Anatase Tio2\u003cbr\u003e Visible Light Photocatalysis Through Transition Metal Halide Modification \u003cbr\u003e Metal Ion Grafts Towards Visible-Light Response\u003cbr\u003e Lotus Effect and Related Surface Phenomena -\u003cbr\u003e Discovering A Biological Key Innovation for Biomimetic Super-Hydrophobicity and Self-Cleaning \u003cbr\u003e Self-Cleaning of Plant Leaves and Bioinspired Super-Antiwetting Surfaces\u003cbr\u003e Self-Cleaning Dry Adhesives\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e VOLUME II\u003cbr\u003e Self-Cleaning Glass in Urban Environment\u003cbr\u003e Self-Cleaning Glass\u003cbr\u003e Nbxoy Nanosheet Film for Self-Cleaning Glass\u003cbr\u003e Self-Cleaning Coated Fabrics for Architectural Membrane Structures\u003cbr\u003e Photocatalytic Mediated Self-Cleaning of Natural and Artificial Fibers Under Daylight Irradiation at Ambient Temperature\u003cbr\u003e Application of Self-Cleaning Ceramic and Glass Insulators for Electricity Transmission\u003cbr\u003e Tio2-Ag Antibacterial Coating for Biomedical Uses\u003cbr\u003e Tio2 Nanotubes and Their Photocatalytic Applications\u003cbr\u003e Anti-Bioadhesive Materials\u003cbr\u003e No Ice Left Behind\u003cbr\u003e Surface Factors for Static\/Dynamic Hydrophobicity and Their Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e Superhydrophobic Anticorrosion Coatings\u003cbr\u003e Regenerable Hydrophobic-Hydrophilic Patterned Surfaces for Printing\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743117128023,"sku":"9783527330966","price":225.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527330966.jpg?v=1720064185"},{"product_id":"electrochemical-engineering-from-discovery-to-product-9783527342068","title":"Electrochemical Engineering: From Discovery to","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis volume in the \"Advances in Electrochemical Sciences and Engineering\" series focuses on problem-solving, illustrating how to translate basic science into engineering solutions.\u003cbr\u003e The book's concept is to bring together engineering solutions across the range of nano-bio-photo-micro applications, with each chapter co-authored by an academic and an industrial expert whose collaboration led to reusable methods that are relevant beyond their initial use.\u003cbr\u003e Examples of experimental and\/or computational methods are used throughout to facilitate the task of moving atomistic-scale discoveries and understanding toward well-engineered products and processes based on electrochemical phenomena.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeries Preface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introductory Perspectives 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eA. Paul Alivisatos andWojciech T. Osowiecki\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 The Joint Center for Energy Storage Research: A New Paradigm of Research, Development, and Demonstration 7\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eThomas J. Carney, Devin S. Hodge, Lynn Trahey, and Fikile R. Brushett\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Background and Motivation 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Lithium-ion Batteries: Current State of the Art 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Beyond Li-Ion Batteries 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 JCESR Legacies and a New Paradigm for Research 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The JCESR Team 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 JCESR Operational Tools 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Intellectual Property Management 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Communication Tools 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 JCESR Change Decision Process 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Safety in JCESR 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Battery Technology Readiness Level 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 JCESR Deliverables 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 Scientific Tools in JCESR 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14 Techno-economic Modeling 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14.1 Techno-economic Modeling of a Metal–Air System for Transportation Applications 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14.2 Techno-economic Modeling of Flow Batteries for Grid Storage Applications 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15 The Electrochemical Discovery Laboratory 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15.1 The Effect of TraceWater on Beyond Li-ion Devices 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15.2 Stability of Redox Active Molecules 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16 Electrolyte Genome 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16.1 Screening of Redox Active Molecules for Redox Flow 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16.2 Examination of Multivalent Intercalation Materials 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.17 Combining the Electrolyte Genome with Techno-economic Modeling 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.18 Prototype Development 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.19 Legacy of JCESR 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.20 Conclusion 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Determination of Redox Reaction Mechanisms in Lithium–Sulfur Batteries 41\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKevin H.Wujcik, Dunyang R.Wang, Alexander A. Teran, Eduard Nasybulin, Tod A. Pascal, David Prendergast, and Nitash P. Balsara\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Basics of Lithium–Sulfur Chemistry 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 End Products of Electrochemical Reactions in the Sulfur Cathode 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Intermediate Products of Electrochemical Reactions in the Sulfur Cathode 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Reactions of S8 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Reactions of Li2S8 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Reactions of Li2S4 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Reactions of Li2S2 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Production of Radical Anions 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Fingerprinting Lithium Polysulfide Intermediates 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 UV–Vis Spectroscopy 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Raman Spectroscopy 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 In Situ Spectroscopic Studies of Li–S Batteries 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 UV–Vis Spectroscopy 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Raman Spectroscopy 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Practical Considerations 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Concluding Remarks 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 From the Lab to Scaling-up Thin Film Solar Absorbers 75\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHariklia Deligianni, Lubomyr T. Romankiw, Daniel Lincot, and Pierre-Philippe Grand\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 State-of-the-art Electrodeposition for Photovoltaics 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Electrodeposited CuInGaSe2 (CIGS) 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Metal Layers 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Electrodeposition of Copper 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.3 Electrodeposition of Indium 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.4 Electrodeposition of Gallium 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Single Cu—In—Ga—Se—O Multicomponent Chemistries 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Cu—In—Se Co-deposition 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Cu—In—Ga—Se Co-deposition 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.3 Cu—In—Ga—O Co-deposition 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.4 Cu—In—Ga Co-deposition 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 AnnealingMethods 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Fabrication of Solar Cells 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Electrodeposited Cu2ZnSn(Se,S)4 (CZTS) and Emerging Materials 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Cu2ZnSn(Se,S)4 (CZTS) 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 From the Rotating Disk to the Paddle Cell as a Scale-up Platform 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Introduction to Scale-up 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Entirely New Solution Agitation Method 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 The Paddle Agitation Technique Is More Readily Scalable 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Electrical Contact Between the Thin Seed Layer and the Source of Current 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Previous Scale-up of the Paddle Cell 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6 Scale-up of the Paddle Cell to 15 cm× 15 cm 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.7 Scale-up of the Paddle Cell to 30 cm× 60 cm 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.8 ImprovingWithin-Wafer Uniformity, Reproducibility, and Demonstration of Scalability 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.8.1 Within-Wafer Uniformity 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.8.2 Wafer-to-Wafer Reproducibility 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Scaling-up to 60 cm× 120 cm from Tiny Electrodes to Meters 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 A 1 m2 min−1 Continuous Industrial Scale 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Bath Control 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1 Insoluble Anode 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.2 Soluble Anode 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.3 Bath Maintenance and Reproducibility and Steady-State Operation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Conclusions 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Thin-film Head and the Innovator’s Dilemma 129\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKeishi Ohashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Thin-film Head Technology 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Magnetic Properties for HDD 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Permalloy 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Thin-film Head 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Magnetic Domain Noise 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Data Storage Business in Japan 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 MagneticThin-films for HDD in the 1980s 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Use of Optics 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 High-Moment Head Core Material 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 High-Ms Write Heads 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 The Innovator’s Dilemma 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Thin-film Head is not Disruptive 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Small HDD 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 MR Head 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 GMR Head 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 TMR Head 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Infinite MR Ratio 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Suspicions Surrounding the TMR Head 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Low-Resistance TMR Head 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 MGO:The Final Push 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.5 Exploring New Markets 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Discussion 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Development of Fully-Continuous Electrokinetic Dewatering of Phosphatic Clay Suspensions 159\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRui Kong, Arthur Dizon, Saeed Moghaddam, andMark E. Orazem\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Phosphatic Clay Suspensions 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Industrial Scope 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Why is Separation ofWater from Clay Difficult? 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Current Methods 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Flocculation 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Mechanical Dewatering 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Electrokinetic Separation 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Development of Dewatering Technologies for Phosphatic Clays 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Lab-scale Batch Dewatering 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Semi-continuous Operation to Recover Clear Supernatant 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Semi-continuous Operation to Recover Solids 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Continuous Operation 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 Energy and Power Requirements for All Prototypes Tested 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Economic Assessment for On-site Implementation 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Hydrogen Emission 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Capital and Operation Costs 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.1 Power and Energy consumption for On-site Operations 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.2 Operation cost 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.3 Capital Cost 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Results 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Our Next Prototype: Dual-zone Continuous Operation 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Conclusions 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Breaking the Chemical Paradigm in Electrochemical Engineering: Case Studies and Lessons Learned from Plating to Polishing 193\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eE. Jennings Taylor, Maria E. Inman, Holly M. Garich, Heather A. McCrabb, Stephen T. Snyder, and Timothy D. Hall\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Perspective 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 A Brief Overview of Pulse Reverse Current Plating 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Mass Transport Effects in Pulse Current Plating 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Current Distribution Effects in Pulse Current Plating 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Grain Size Effects in Pulse Current Plating 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Current Efficiency Effects in Pulse Current Plating 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Concluding Remarks for Pulse Current Plating 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Early Developments in Pulse Plating 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 LevelingWithout Levelers Using Pulse Reverse Current Plating 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 DuctilityWithout Brighteners Using Pulse Current Plating 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Transition of Pulse Current Plating Concepts to Surface Finishing 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Pulse Voltage Deburring of Automotive Planetary Gears 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Transition to Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Passive Materials 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Sequenced Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Semiconductor Valves 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Strongly Passive Materials 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Niobium Superconducting Radio Frequency Cavities 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.6 Transition Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing to Niobium Superconducting Radio Frequency Cavities 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 ConcludingThoughts 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 The Interaction Between a Proton and the Atomic Network in Amorphous Silica Glass Made a Highly Sensitive Trace Moisture Sensor 241\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYusuke Tsukahara, Nobuo Takeda, Kazushi Yamanaka, and Shingo Akao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Unexpected Long Propagation of Surface AcousticWaves Around a Sphere 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Invention of a Ball SAWDevice and Application to Gas Sensors 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Unexpected Fluctuations in the Output Signal of the Gas Sensor Leading to the Development of Trace Moisture Sensors 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Sol–Gel Silica Film for the Trace Moisture Sensors 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 A Thermodynamic Model of Interaction ofWater Vapor with Amorphous Silica Glass 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Concluding Remarks 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 From Sensors to Low-cost Instruments to Networks: Semiconducting Oxides as Gas-Sensitive Resistors 261\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavid E.Williams\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Overview 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Basic Science of Semiconducting Oxides as Gas-Sensitive Resistors 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Multiscale Modeling of Gas-Sensitive Resistors 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.1 Introduction 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.2 Effective Medium Model 1: Rationalization of Composition Effects on Response 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.3 Effective Medium Model 2: Diffusion–Reaction Effects on Response; Effects of Electrode Geometry and “Self-Diagnostic” Devices 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.4 Microstructure Model: Percolation and Equivalent Circuit Representation 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Surface Segregation and Surface Modification Effects 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 Surface Modification by “Poisoning” 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 Surface Modification by Segregation 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.3 Surface Grafting as a Means for Altering Response 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Surface Defect and Reaction Models 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Commercial Development of Sensors and Instruments 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Introduction 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Development of a Low-Cost Instrument for Measurement of Ozone in theAtmosphere 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Signal Drift Detection 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 A Low-Cost Instrument for Measurement of Atmospheric Nitrogen Dioxide 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 Networks of Instruments in the Atmosphere 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Conclusion and Prospects 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 323\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120011607,"sku":"9783527342068","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"metal-air-batteries-fundamentals-and-applications-9783527342792","title":"Metal-Air Batteries: Fundamentals and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA comprehensive overview of the research developments in the burgeoning field of metal-air batteries \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e An innovation in battery science and technology is necessary to build better power sources for our modern lifestyle needs. One of the main fields being explored for the possible breakthrough is the development of metal-air batteries. Metal-Air Batteries: Fundamentals and Applications offers a systematic summary of the fundamentals of the technology and explores the most recent advances in the applications of metal-air batteries. Comprehensive in scope, the text explains the basics in electrochemical batteries and introduces various species of metal-air batteries.   \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e The author-a noted expert in the field-explores the development of metal-air batteries in the order of Li-air battery, sodium-air battery, zinc-air battery and Mg-O2 battery, with the focus on the Li-air battery. The text also addresses topics such as metallic anode, discharge products, parasitic reactions, electrocatalysts, mediator, and X-ray diffraction study in Li-air battery. Metal-Air Batteries provides a summary of future perspectives in the field of the metal-air batteries. This important resource:  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Covers various species of metal-air batteries and their components as well as system designation \u003cbr\u003e -Contains groundbreaking content that reviews recent advances in the field of metal-air batteries \u003cbr\u003e -Focuses on the battery systems which have the greatest potential for renewable energy storage \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Written for electrochemists, physical chemists, materials scientists, professionals in the electrotechnical industry, engineers in power technology, Metal-Air Batteries offers a review of the fundamentals and the most recent developments in the area of metal-air batteries. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to Metal–Air Batteries: Theory and Basic Principles 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Li–O2 Battery 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Sodium–O2 Battery 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Stabilization of Lithium-Metal Anode in Rechargeable Lithium–Air Batteries 11\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBin Liu,Wu Xu, and Ji-Guang Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Recent Progresses in Li Metal Protection for Li–O2 Batteries 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Design of Composite Protective Layers 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 New Insights on the Use of Electrolyte 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Functional Separators 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Solid-State Electrolytes 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Alternative Anodes 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Challenges and Perspectives 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Li–Air Batteries: Discharge Products 41\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXuanxuan Bi, RongyueWang, and Jun Lu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Discharge Products in Aprotic Li–O2 Batteries 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Peroxide-based Li–O2 Batteries 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.1 Electrochemical Reactions 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.2 Crystalline and Electronic Band Structure of Li2O2 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.3 Reaction Mechanism and the Coexistence of Li2O2 and LiO2 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Superoxide-based Li–O2 Batteries 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Problems and Challenges in Aprotic Li–O2 Batteries 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.1 Decomposition of the Electrolyte 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.2 Degradation of the Carbon Cathode 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Discharge Products in Li–Air Batteries 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Challenges to Exchanging O2 to Air 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Effect ofWater on Discharge Products 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.1 Effect of Small Amount ofWater 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.2 Aqueous Li–O2 Batteries 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Effect of CO2 on Discharge Products 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Current Li–Air Batteries and Perspectives 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Electrolytes for Li–O2 Batteries 65\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlex R. Neale, Peter Goodrich, Christopher Hardacre, and Johan Jacquemin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 General Li–O2 Battery Electrolyte Requirements and Considerations 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Electrolyte Salts 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Ethers and Glymes 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and Sulfones 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Nitriles 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5 Amides 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.6 Ionic Liquids 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.7 Solid-State Electrolytes 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Future Outlook 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Li–Oxygen Battery: Parasitic Reactions 95\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiahui Yao, Qi Dong, Qingmei Cheng, and DunweiWang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 The Desired and Parasitic Chemical Reactions for Li–Oxygen Batteries 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Parasitic Reactions of the Electrolyte 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Nucleophilic Attack 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Autoxidation Reaction 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Acid–Base Reaction 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Proton-mediated Parasitic Reaction 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Additional Parasitic Chemical Reactions of the Electrolyte: Reduction Reaction 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Parasitic Reactions at the Cathode 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 The Corrosion of Carbon in the Discharge Process 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 The Corrosion of Carbon in the Recharge Process 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Catalyst-induced Parasitic Chemical Reactions 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Alternative Cathode Materials and Corresponding Parasitic Chemistries 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Additives and Binders 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Contaminations 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Parasitic Reactions on the Anode 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Corrosion of the Li Metal 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 SEI in the Oxygenated Atmosphere 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Alternative Anodes and Associated Parasitic Chemistries 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 New Opportunities from the Parasitic Reactions 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Summary and Outlook 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Li–Air Battery: Electrocatalysts 125\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Types of Electrocatalyst 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Carbonaceous Materials 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.1 Commercial Carbon Powders 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.2 Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs) 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.3 Graphene 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.4 Doped Carbonaceous Material 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Noble Metal and Metal Oxides 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Transition Metal Oxides 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.1 Perovskite Catalyst 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.2 Redox Mediator 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Research of Catalyst 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Reaction Mechanism 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Summary 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Lithium–Air BatteryMediator 151\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhuojian Liang, Guangtao Cong, YuWang, and Yi-Chun Lu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Redox Mediators in Lithium Batteries 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Redox Mediators in Li–Air Batteries 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Redox Mediators in Li-ion and Lithium-flow Batteries 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.1 Overcharge Protection in Li-ion Batteries 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.2 Redox Targeting Reactions in Lithium-flow Batteries 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Selection Criteria and Evaluation of Redox Mediators for Li–O2 Batteries 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Redox Potential 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Stability 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Reaction Kinetics and Mass Transport Properties 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Catalytic Shuttle vs Parasitic Shuttle 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Charge Mediators 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 LiI (Lithium Iodide) 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 LiBr (Lithium Bromide) 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Nitroxides: TEMPO (2,2,6,6-Tetramethylpiperidinyloxyl) and Others 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 TTF (Tetrathiafulvalene) 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Tris[4-(diethylamino)phenyl]amine (TDPA) 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 Comparison of the Reported Charge Mediators 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Discharge Mediator 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Iron Phthalocyanine (FePc) 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 2,5-Di-tert-butyl-1,4-benzoquinone (DBBQ) 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Conclusion and Perspective 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Spatiotemporal Operando X-ray Diffraction Study on Li–Air Battery 207\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDi-Jia Liu and Jiang-Lan Shui\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Microfocused X-ray Diffraction (μ-XRD) and Li–O2 Cell Experimental Setup 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Study on Anode: Limited Reversibility of Lithium in Rechargeable LAB 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Study on Separator: Impact of Precipitates to LAB Performance 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Study on Cathode: Spatiotemporal Growth of Li2O2 During Redox\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReaction 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Metal–Air Battery: In Situ Spectroelectrochemical Techniques 233\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eIainM. Aldous, Laurence J. Hardwick, Richard J. Nichols, and J. Padmanabhan Vivek\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Raman Spectroscopy 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 In Situ Raman Spectroscopy for Metal–O2 Batteries 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 BackgroundTheory 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Practical Considerations 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.1 Electrochemical Roughening 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.2 Addressing Inhomogeneous SERS Enhancement 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 In Situ Raman Setup 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.5 Determination of Oxygen Reduction and Evolution Reaction MechanismsWithin Metal–O2 Batteries 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Infrared Spectroscopy 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Background 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 IR Studies of Electrochemical Interfaces 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Infrared Spectroscopy for Metal–O2 Battery Studies 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 UV\/Visible Spectroscopic Studies 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 UV\/Vis Spectroscopy 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 UV\/Vis Spectroscopy for Metal–O2 Battery Studies 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Electron Spin Resonance 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Cell Setup 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Deployment of Electrochemical ESR in Battery Research 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Summary and Outlook 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Zn–Air Batteries 265\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTongwen Yu, Rui Cai, and Zhongwei Chen\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Zinc Electrode 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Electrolyte 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Separator 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Air Electrode 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Structure of Air Electrode 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Oxygen Reduction Reaction 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Oxygen Evolution Reaction 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4 Electrocatalyst 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.1 Noble Metals and Alloys 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.2 Transition Metal Oxides 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.3 Inorganic–Organic Hybrid Materials 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.4 Metal-free Materials 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Conclusions and Outlook 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Experimental and Computational Investigation of Nonaqueous Mg\/O2 Batteries 293\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJeffrey G. Smith, Gülin Vardar, CharlesW. Monroe, and Donald J. Siegel\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Experimental Studies of Magnesium\/Air Batteries and Electrolytes 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Ionic Liquids as Candidate Electrolytes for Mg\/O2 Batteries 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Modified Grignard Electrolytes for Mg\/O2 Batteries 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 All-inorganic Electrolytes for Mg\/O2 Batteries 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Computational Studies of Mg\/O2 Batteries 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Calculation of Thermodynamic Overpotentials 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Charge Transport in Mg\/O2 Discharge Products 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Concluding Remarks 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Novel Methodologies to Model Charge Transport in Metal–Air Batteries 331\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNicolai RaskMathiesen,Marko Melander,Mikael Kuisma, Pablo García-Fernández, and JuanMaria García Lastra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Modeling Electrochemical Systems with GPAW 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Density FunctionalTheory 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Conductivity from DFT Data 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 The GPAWCode 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4 Charge Transfer Rates with Constrained DFT 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4.1 MarcusTheory of Charge Transfer 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4.2 Constrained DFT 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4.3 Polaronic Charge Transport at the Cathode 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5 Electrochemistry at Solid–Liquid Interfaces 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.1 Modeling the Electrochemical Interface 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.2 Implicit Solvation at the Electrochemical Interface 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.3 Generalized Poisson–Boltzmann Equation for the Electric Double Layer 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.4 Electrode PotentialWithin the Poisson–Boltzmann Model 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6 Calculations at Constant Electrode Potential 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.1 The Need for a Constant Potential Presentation 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.2 Grand Canonical Ensemble for Electrons 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.3 Fictitious Charge Dynamics 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.4 Model in Practice 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.7 Conclusions 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Second Principles for MaterialModeling 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 The Energy in SP-DFT 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 The Lattice Term (E(0)) 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Electronic Degrees of Freedom 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Model Construction 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Perspectives on SP-DFT 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Flexible Metal–Air Batteries 367\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHuisheng Peng, Yifan Xu, Jian Pan, Yang Zhao, LieWang, and Xiang Shi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Flexible Electrolytes 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Aqueous Electrolytes 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.1 PAA-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.2 PEO-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.3 PVA-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Nonaqueous Electrolytes 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2.1 PEO-based Polymer Electrolyte 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2.2 PVDF-HFP-based Polymer Electrolyte 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2.3 Ionic Liquid Electrolyte 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Flexible Anodes 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Flexible Cathodes 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Modified Stainless Steel Mesh 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Modified Carbon Textile 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Carbon Nanotube 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.4 Graphene-based Cathode 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.5 Other Composite Electrode 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Prototype Devices 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Sandwich Structure 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Fiber Structure 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Summary 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Perspectives on the Development of Metal–Air Batteries 397\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Li–O2 Battery 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.1 Lithium Anode 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.2 Electrolyte 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.3 Cathode 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.4 The Reaction Mechanisms 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.5 The Development of Solid-state Li–O2 Battery 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.6 The Development of Flexible Li–O2 Battery 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Na–O2 Battery 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Zn–air Battery 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 407\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120044375,"sku":"9783527342792","price":124.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"biological-soft-matter-fundamentals-properties-and-applications-9783527343485","title":"Biological Soft Matter: Fundamentals, Properties,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eBiological Soft Matter\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eExplore a comprehensive, one-stop reference on biological soft matter written and edited by leading voices in the field\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBiological Soft Matter: Fundamentals, Properties and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e delivers a unique and indispensable compilation of up-to-date knowledge and material on biological soft matter. The book presents a thorough overview about biological soft matter, beginning with different substance classes, including proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, and polysaccharides. It goes on to describe a variety of superstructures and aggregated and how they are formed by self-assembly processes like protein folding or crystallization.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe distinguished editors have included materials with a special emphasis on macromolecular assembly, including how it applies to lipid membranes, and proteins fibrillization. Biological Soft Matter is a crucial resource for anyone working in the field, compiling information about all important substance classes and their respective roles in forming superstructures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book is ideal for beginners and experts alike and makes the perfect guide for chemists, physicists, and life scientists with an interest in the area. Readers will also benefit from the inclusion of:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn introduction to DNA nano-engineering and DNA-driven nanoparticle assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplorations of polysaccharides and glycoproteins, engineered biopolymers, and engineered hydrogels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscussions of macromolecular assemblies, including liquid membranes and small molecule inhibitors for amyloid aggregation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA treatment of inorganic nanomaterials as promoters and inhibitors of amyloid fibril formation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn examination of a wide variety of natural and artificial polymers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerfect for materials scientists, biochemists, polymer chemists, and protein chemists, \u003ci\u003eBiological Soft Matter: Fundamentals, Properties and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of biophysicists and physical chemists seeking a one-stop reference summarizing the rapidly evolving topic of biological soft matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Natural and Artificial Polymers 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 DNA Nanoengineering and DNA-Driven Nanoparticle Assembly 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlain Estève and Carole Rossi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 From the DNA Molecule to Nanotechnologies 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 DNA Nanostructures: From Holliday Junctions to 3D Origami 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 DNA-Directed Assembly of Particles: From Concepts to the Realization of Ordered Assemblies 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 DNA\/Nanoparticle Assembly: Primary Functionalization Strategies 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Toward High-Order Crystalline Structures 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Crystallization of Heterogeneous Systems 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 DNA\/Nanoparticle Assembly: Applications 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Nanoengineering of DNA Self-Assembled Al\/CuO Nanothermite 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Fundaments and Characterization of DNA\/Surface Chemistry and Grafting Strategies 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1.1 DNA\/Alumina Interaction Evaluation Through Infrared Spectroscopy and First Principles Calculations 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1.2 Functionalization Protocol and Colloidal Characterization 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1.3 Quantification of Streptavidin and DNA Surface Densities 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Kinetics of DNA-Directed Assembly of Al and CuO Nanoparticles 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2.1 Design and Impact of the DNA Coding Sequence 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Structural and Energetic Properties of the Al\/CuO Bionanocomposite 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Conclusion 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Polysaccharides and Glycoproteins 43\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSujit Kootala and Susana C.M. Fernandes\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introdution 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Polysaccharides from Plants 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Polysaccharides from Microorganisms 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Polysaccharides from Marine Organisms 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Glycoproteins from Animal Sources – Mammals 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Summary 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Engineered Biopolymers 65\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTugba Dursun Usal, Cemile Kilic Bektas, Nesrin Hasirci, and Vasif Hasirci\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Polyhydroxyalkanoates 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Medium-Chain-Length Polyhydroxyalkanoates 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Poly(4-hydroxybutyrate) 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Poly(3-hydroxyvalerate) 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.5 Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Poly(lactic acid) (PLA) 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Poly(L-lactic acid) 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Poly(D-lactic acid) 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Poly(DL-lactic acid) 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Genetically Modified Polymers 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Genetically Modified Amino Acid-Based Polymers 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.1 Elastin-Like Recombinamers (ELRs) 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.2 Inorganic-Binding Peptides 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Genetically Modified Saccharide-Based Polymers 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.1 Bacterial Cellulose 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Conclusion 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Engineered Hydrogels 89\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eCemile Kilic Bektas, Tugba Dursun Usal, Nesrin Hasirci, and Vasif Hasirci\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Properties of Hydrogels 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Modification and Functionalization 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.1 Methacrylation 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.2 PEGylation 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.3 PNIPAm Conjugated Hydrogels 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.4 Hydrogels of Recombinant Polymers 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 New Approaches for 3D Hydrogel Preparation 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.1 Cryogels 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.2 Bottom-Up 3D Hydrogel Preparation Methods 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Conclusion 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Macromolecular Assemblies 115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Lipid Membranes: Fusion, Instabilities, and Cubic Structure Formation 117\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAngelina Angelova, Borislav Angelov, and Yuru Deng\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction to Lipid Self-assembly and Membrane Organization 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Lipid Membrane Instabilities and Phase Transitions 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Shape Deformations and Membrane Curvature 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Membrane Fusion 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Cubic Membranes In Vivo and Bio-inspired Materials with Cubic Membrane Topology 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusion and Outlook 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Small Molecule Inhibitors for Amyloid Aggregation 153\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnisha Thomas, Gagandeep Kaur, Rafat Ali, and Sandeep Verma\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Targeting Strategies for Inhibition of Amyloid Aggregation 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Classes of Inhibitors 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Peptide-Based Amyloid Inhibitors 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.1 Peptides Derived from the Native Protein Sequence 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.2 Metal Ion Scavenging Peptides 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.3 β-Sheet Breaker Peptides 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.4 Peptides Containing D-Amino Acids 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.5 Molecules Targeting α-Helical State of Amyloid Proteins 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.6 Peptidomimetics 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.7 Cyclic Peptide Amyloid Inhibitors (CPAIs) 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Non-peptide-Based Small Molecules 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.1 Quinones\/Polyphenols\/Natural Compounds 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.2 Macrocyclic Inhibitors 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Future Outlook 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Inorganic Nanomaterials as Promoters\/Inhibitors of Amyloid Fibril Formation 195\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMonika Holubová\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Nanodiamonds 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Carbon Nanotubes 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Fullerenes–C\u003csub\u003e60\u003c\/sub\u003e 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Graphene\/Graphene Oxide 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Quantum Dots 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Semiconductor Quantum Dots 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Carbon\/Graphene Quantum Dots 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Iron Nanoparticles 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 Gold Nanoparticles 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12 Other Nanoparticles Based on Metals\/Metalloids 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.13 Conclusion 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Mechanobiology 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Mechanobiology 231\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMenekşe Ermis, Esen Say\u003c\/i\u003e\u003ci\u003e𝚤n, Ezgi Antmen, and Vasif Hasirci\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Extracellular Matrix (ECM) 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 ECM Structure and Composition 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1.1 Proteins of ECM 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1.2 Glycosaminoglycans 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1.3 Growth Factors 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 ECM Functions 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 ECM Properties 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3.1 Physical Properties 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3.2 Chemical Properties 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3.3 Mechanical Properties 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Cell Adhesion 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Molecules in Cell Adhesion 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Cell-to-Cell Interactions 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Cell Junctions 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Cell Polarity 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Signaling Pathways in Cell Adhesion 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.1 Principles of Cell Adhesion Signaling 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.2 Tissue-Specific Cell Adhesion Molecules 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.3 Cell Migration Guidance 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Cell-to-ECM Interactions 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Interactions with Substrate and Tissue Engineering 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Properties of Substrates 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1.1 Physical Properties 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1.2 Chemical Properties 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1.3 Mechanical Properties 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Mechanobiology, Mechanotransduction, and Force Transmission 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Concepts 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.1 Mechanobiology 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.2 Force Transduction 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.3 Mechanotransduction 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Cell Surface Receptors as Mechanosensors 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Focal Adhesion Kinase Signaling 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.4 Cytoskeleton as a Force-Transducing Element 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Conclusion 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 271\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120208215,"sku":"9783527343485","price":116.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"physikalische-chemie-fur-natur-und-ingenieurwissenschaftliche-studiengange-arbeitsbuch-9783527343935","title":"Physikalische Chemie: für natur- und","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDer \"kleine\" Atkins ist ideal für Bachelor-Studierende der Chemie und Studierende anderer Naturwissenschaften sowie der Ingenieurwissenschaften: das Buch führt ein in die Grundlagen der Physikalischen Chemie, die besonders hohe Anforderungen an die Studentinnen und Studenten stellt.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Das erstmals auf Deutsch vorliegende Arbeitsbuch zur 5. Auflage des \"kleinen\" Atkins ermöglicht die eigenständige Kontrolle des Lernerfolgs dank der ausführlich durchgerechneten Lösungen der mehr als 800 Aufgaben aus dem Lehrbuch.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Auch im attraktiven Deluxe-Set mit dem Lehrbuch erhältlich!\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDas erstmals auf Deutsch vorliegende Arbeitsbuch zur 5. Auflage des ?kleinen? Atkins ermöglicht die eigenständige Kontrolle des Lernerfolgs dank der ausführlich durchgerechneten Lösungen der Aufgaben aus dem Lehrbuch.\u003cbr\u003e METALL (04.08.2021)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Die Eigenschaften der Gase 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Thermodynamik: der Erste Hauptsatz 31\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Thermodynamik: der Zweite Hauptsatz 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Physikalische Umwandlungen 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Chemische Umwandlungen 161\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Chemische Kinetik 281\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Quantentheorie 353\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Der Aufbau der Atome 377\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Die chemische Bindung 409\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Molekulare Wechselwirkungen 437\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Molekulare Spektroskopie 463\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Statistische Thermodynamik 507\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Magnetische Resonanz 541\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 548\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Makromoleküle und Selbstorganisation 557\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 557\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 562\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 564\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Projekten 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Festkörper 573\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Selbsttests 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Übungen 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Verständnisfragen 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösungen zu den Aufgaben 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLösung zum Projekt 593\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120470359,"sku":"9783527343935","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"solid-oxide-fuel-cells-from-electrolyte-based-to-electrolyte-free-devices-9783527344116","title":"Solid Oxide Fuel Cells: From Electrolyte-Based to","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePresents innovative approaches towards affordable, highly efficient, and reliable sustainable energy systems \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Written by leading experts on the subject, this book provides not only a basic introduction and understanding of conventional fuel cell principle, but also an updated view of the most recent developments in this field. It focuses on the new energy conversion technologies based on both electrolyte and electrolyte-free fuel cells?from advanced novel ceria-based composite electrolyte low temperature solid oxide fuel cells to non-electrolyte fuel cells as advanced fuel-to-electricity conversion technology. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Solid Oxide Fuel Cells: From Electrolyte-Based to Electrolyte-Free Devices is divided into three parts. Part I covers the latest developments of anode, electrolyte, and cathode materials as well as the SOFC technologies. Part II discusses the non-electrolyte or semiconductor-based membrane fuel cells. Part III focuses on engineering efforts on materials, technology, devices and stack developments, and looks at various applications and new opportunities of SOFC using both the electrolyte and non-electrolyte principles, including integrated fuel cell systems with electrolysis, solar energy, and more. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Offers knowledge on how to realize highly efficient fuel cells with novel device structures \u003cbr\u003e -Shows the opportunity to transform the future fuel cell markets and the possibility to commercialize fuel cells in an extended range of applications \u003cbr\u003e -Presents a unique collection of contributions on the development of solid oxide fuel cells from electrolyte based to non-electrolyte-based technology \u003cbr\u003e -Provides a more comprehensive understanding of the advances in fuel cells and bridges the knowledge from traditional SOFC to the new concept \u003cbr\u003e -Allows readers to track the development from the conventional SOFC to the non-electrolyte or single-component fuel cell  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Solid Oxide Fuel Cells: From Electrolyte-Based to Electrolyte-Free Devices will serve as an important reference work to students, scientists, engineers, researchers, and technology developers in the fuel cell field. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Solid Oxide Fuel Cell with Ionic Conducting Electrolyte \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBin Zhu and Peter D. Lund\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 An Introduction to the Principles of Fuel Cells 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Materials and Technologies 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 New Electrolyte Developments on LTSOFC 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Beyond the State of the Art: The Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell (EFFC) 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Fundamental Issues 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Beyond the SOFC 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Solid-State Electrolytes for SOFC \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e35\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLiangdong Fan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Single-Phase SOFC Electrolytes 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Oxygen Ionic Conducting Electrolyte 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.1 Stabilized Zirconia 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.2 Doped Ceria 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.3 SrO- and MgO-Doped Lanthanum Gallates (LSGM) 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Proton-Conducting Electrolyte and Mixed Ionic Conducting Electrolyte 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Alternative New Electrolytes and Research Interests 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Ion Conduction\/Transportation in Electrolytes 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Composite Electrolytes 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Oxide–Oxide Electrolyte 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Oxide–Carbonate Composite 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.1 Materials Fabrication 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.2 Performance and Stability Optimization 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Other Oxide–Salt Composite Electrolytes 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Ionic Conduction Mechanism Studies of Ceria–Carbonate Composite 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 NANOCOFC and Material Design Principle 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Concluding Remarks 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Cathodes for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e79\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTianmin He, Qingjun Zhou, and Fangjun Jin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Overview of Cathode Reaction Mechanism 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Development of Cathode Materials 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Perovskite Cathode Materials 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.1 Mn-Based Perovskite Cathodes 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.2 Co-Based Perovskite Cathodes 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.3 Fe-Based Perovskite Cathodes 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.4 Ni-Based Perovskite Cathodes 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Double Perovskite Cathode Materials 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Microstructure Optimization of Cathode Materials 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Nanostructured Cathodes 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Composite Cathodes 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Summary 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Anodes for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e113\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChunwen Sun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Overview of Anode Reaction Mechanism 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Basic Operating Principles of a SOFC 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 The Anode Three-Phase Boundary 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Development of Anode Materials 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Ni–YSZ Cermet Anode Materials 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Alternative Anode Materials 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.1 Fluorite Anode Materials 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.2 Perovskite Anode Materials 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Sulfur-Tolerant Anode Materials 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Development of Kinetics, Reaction Mechanism, and Model of the Anode 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Summary and Outlook 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Design and Development of SOFC Stacks \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e145\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eWanbing Guan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Change of Cell Output Performance Under 2D Interface Contact 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Design of 2D Interface Contact Mode 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Variations of Cell Output Performance Under 2D Contact Mode 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 2D Interface Structure Improvements and Enhancement of Cell Output Performance 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Contributions of 3D Contact in 2D Interface Contact 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Mechanism of Performance Enhancement After the Transition from 2D to 3D Interface 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Control Design of Transition from 2D to 3D Interface Contact and Their Quantitative Contribution Differentiation 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Control Design of 2D and 3D Interface Contact 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Quantitative Effects of 2D Contact on the Transient Output Performance of a Cell 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Quantitative Effects of 2D Contact on the Steady-State Output Performance of the Cell 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Quantitative Effects of 3D Contact on Cell Transient Performance 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Quantitative Effects of 3D Contact on the Steady-State Performance of a Cell 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Differences Between 2D and 3D Interface Contacts 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Conclusions 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cells: Materials, Technologies, and Working Principles \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Electrolyte-Free SOFCs: Materials, Technologies, and Working Principles \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e175\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBin Zhu, Liangdong Fan, Jung-Sik Kim, and Peter D. Lund\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Concept of the Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 SLFC Using the Ionic Conductor-based Electrolyte 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Developments on Advanced SLFC 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 From SLFCs to Semiconductor–Ionic Fuel Cells (SIFCs) 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 The SLFC Working Principle 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Remarks 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Ceria Fluorite Electrolytes from Ionic to Mixed Electronic and Ionic Membranes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e213\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBaoyuan Wang, Liangdong Fan, Yanyan Liu, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Doped Ceria as the Electrolyte for Intermediate Temperature SOFCs 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Surface Doping for Low Temperature SOFCs 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Non-doped Ceria for Advanced Low Temperature SOFCs 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Charge Transfer in Oxide Solid Fuel Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e239\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJing Shi and Sining Yun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Oxygen Diffusion in Perovskite Oxides 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Oxygen Vacancy Formation 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Oxygen Diffusion Mechanisms 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 Anisotropy Oxygen Transport in Layered Perovskites 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3.1 Oxygen Transport in Ruddlesden–Popper (RP) Perovskites 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3.2 Oxygen Transport in A-Site Ordered Double Perovskites 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.4 Oxygen Ion Diffusion at Grain Boundary 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.5 Factors Controlling Oxygen Migration Barriers in Perovskites 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Proton Diffusion in Perovskite-Type Oxides 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Proton Diffusion Mechanisms 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Proton–Dopant Interaction 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Influence of Dopants in A-site 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Influence of Dopants in B-Site 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Long-range Proton Conduction Pathways in Perovskites 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Hydrogen-Induced Insulation 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Enhanced Ion Conductivity in Oxide Heterostructures 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Enhanced Ionic Conduction by Strain 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Enhanced Ionic Conductivity by Band Bending 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.1 Surface State-induced Band Bending 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.2 Band Bending in p–n Heterojunctions 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.3 p–n Heterojunction Structures in SOFC 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Summary 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Material Development II: Natural Material-based Composites for Electrolyte Layer-free Fuel Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e275\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChen Xia and Yanyan Liu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Materials Development for EFFCs 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Natural Materials as Potential Electrolytes 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Industrial-grade Rare Earth for EFFCs 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Rare-earth Oxide LCP 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Semiconducting–Ionic Composite Based on LCP 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 LCP–LSCF 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 LCP–ZnO 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Stability Operation and Schottky Junction of EFFC 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.1 Performance Stability 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.2 In Situ Schottky Junction Effect 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Summary 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Natural Hematite for EFFCs 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Natural Hematite 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Semiconducting–Ionic Composite Based on Hematite 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.1 Hematite–LSCF 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.2 Hematite\/LCP–LSCF 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Summary 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Natural CuFe Oxide Minerals for EFFCs 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Natural CuFe\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003eO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Mineral for EFFC 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Natural Delafossite CuFeO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e for EFFC 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Summary 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Bio-derived Calcite for EFFC 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Bio-derived Calcite for EFFC 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Summary 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Charge Transfer, Transportation, and Simulation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e319\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMuhammad Afzal, Mustafa Anwar, Muhammad I. Asghar, Peter D. Lund, Naveed Jhamat, Rizwan Raza, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Physical Aspects 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Electrochemical Aspects 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Ionic Conduction Enhancement in Heterostructure Composites 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Charge Transportation Mechanism and Coupling Effects 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Surface and Interfacial State-Induced Superionic Conduction and Transportation 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Ionic Transport Number Measurements 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Determination of Electron and Ionic Conductivities in EFFCs 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 EIS Analysis 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Semiconductor Band Effects on the Ionic Conduction Device Performance 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Simulations 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell: Principles and Crosslink Research \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e347\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYan Wu, Liangdong Fan, Naveed Mushtaq, Bin Zhu, Muhammad Afzal, Muhammad Sajid, Rizwan Raza, Jung-Sik Kim, Wen-Feng Lin, and Peter D. Lund\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Fundamental Considerations of Fuel Cell Semiconductor Electrochemistry 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Physics and Electrochemistry at Interfaces 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Electrochemistry vs. Semiconductor Physics 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Working Principle of Semiconductor-Based Fuel Cells and Crossing Link Sciences 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Extending Applications by Coupling Devices 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Final Remarks 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Fuel Cells: From Technology to Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e377\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Scaling Up Materials and Technology for SLFC \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e379\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKang Yuan, Zhigang Zhu, Muhammad Afzal, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Single-Layer Fuel Cell (SLFC) Engineering Materials 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Scaling Up Single-Layer Fuel Cell Devices: Tape Casting and Hot Pressing 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Scaling Up Single-Layer Fuel Cell Devices: Thermal Spray Coating Technology 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Traditional Plasma Spray Coating Technology 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 New Developed Low-Pressure Plasma Spray (LPPS) Coating Technology 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Short Stack 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 SLFC Cells 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Bipolar Plate Design 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Sealing and Sealant-Free Short Stack 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Tests and Evaluations 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Durability Testing 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 A Case Study for the Cell Degradation Mechanism 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Continuous Efforts and Future Developments 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Concluding Remarks 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Planar SOFC Stack Design and Development \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e415\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eShaorong Wang, Yixiang Shi, Naveed Mushtaq, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Internal Manifold and External Manifold 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Interface Between an Interconnect Plate and a Single Cell 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Antioxidation Coating of the Interconnect Plate 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Design the Flow Field of Interconnect Plate 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Mathematical Simulation 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Effect of Co-flow, Crossflow, and Counterflow 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Air Flow Distribution Between Layers in a Stack 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 The Importance of Sealing 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Thermal Cycling of the Sealing 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Durability of Sealing 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 The Life of the Stack: The Chemical Problems on the Interface 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Toward Market Products 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Concluding Remarks 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Energy System Integration and Future Perspectives \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e447\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGhazanfar Abbas, Muhammad Ali Babar, Fida Hussain, and Rizwan Raza\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Solar Cell and Fuel Cell 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Fuel Cell–Solar Cell Integration 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Solar Electrolysis–Fuel Cell Integration 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Fuel Cell–Biomass Integration 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 The Fuel Cell System Modeling Using Biogas 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Activation Loss 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Ohmic Loss 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 Concentration Voltage Loss 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 The Fuel Cell System Efficiency (Heating and Electrical) 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.1 The Effect of Different Temperatures on System Efficiency 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.2 The Fuel Utilization Factor and Efficiencies of the System 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.3 The System Efficiencies and Operating Pressure 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Integrated New Clean Energy System 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Summary 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 465\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120503127,"sku":"9783527344116","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"novel-electrochemical-energy-storage-devices-materials-architectures-and-future-trends-9783527345793","title":"Novel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNovel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eExplore the latest developments in electrochemical energy storage device technology\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eNovel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/i\u003e, an accomplished team of authors delivers a thorough examination of the latest developments in the electrode and cell configurations of lithium-ion batteries and electrochemical capacitors. Several kinds of newly developed devices are introduced, with information about their theoretical bases, materials, fabrication technologies, design considerations, and implementation presented.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou’ll learn about the current challenges facing the industry, future research trends likely to capture the imaginations of researchers and professionals working in industry and academia, and still-available opportunities in this fast-moving area. You’ll discover a wide range of new concepts, materials, and technologies that have been developed over the past few decades to advance the technologies of lithium‑ion batteries, electrochemical capacitors, and intelligent devices. Finally, you’ll find solutions to basic research challenges and the technologies applicable to energy storage industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReaders will also benefit from the inclusion of:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to energy conversion and storage, and the history and classification of electrochemical energy storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn exploration of materials and fabrication of electrochemical energy storage devices, including categories, EDLCSs, pseudocapacitors, and hybrid capacitors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA practical discussion of the theory and characterizations of flexible cells, including their mechanical properties and the limits of conventional architectures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA concise treatment of the materials and fabrication technologies involved in the manufacture of flexible cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerfect for materials scientists, electrochemists, and solid-state chemists, \u003ci\u003eNovel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of applied physicists, and engineers in power technology and the electrotechnical industry seeking a one-stop reference for portable and smart electrochemical energy storage devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Energy Conversion and Storage: A Global Challenge 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Development History of Electrochemical Energy Storage 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Classification of Electrochemical Energy Storage 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 LIBs and ECs: An Appropriate Electrochemical Energy Storage 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Summary and Outlook 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Materials and Fabrication \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e15\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Mechanisms and Advantages of LIBs 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Principles 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Advantages and Disadvantages 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Mechanisms and Advantages of ECs 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Categories 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 EDLCs 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Pseudocapacitor 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Hybrid Capacitors 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Roadmap of Conventional Materials for LIBs 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Typical Positive Materials for LIBs 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 LiCoO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e Materials 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 LiNiO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e and Its Derivatives 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 LiMn\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003eO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Material 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 LiFePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Material 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Lithium–Manganese-rich Materials 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6 Commercial Status of Main Positive Materials 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Typical Negative Materials for LIBs 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Graphite 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Soft and Hard Carbon 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 New Materials for LIBs 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Nanocarbon Materials 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Alloy-Based Materials 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Metal Lithium Negative 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Materials for Conventional ECs 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 Porous Carbon Materials 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2 Transition Metal Oxides 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3 Conducting Polymers 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Electrolytes and Separators 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.1 Electrolytes 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.2 Separators 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Evaluation Methods 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.1 Evaluation Criteria for LIBs 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.2 Theoretical Gravimetric and Volumetric Energy Density 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.3 Practical Energy and Power Density of LIBs 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.4 Cycle Life 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.5 Safety 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.6 Evaluation Methods for ECs 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Production Processes for the Fabrication 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.1 Design 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.2 Mixing, Coating, Calendering, and Winding 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.3 Electrolyte Injecting and Formation 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Perspectives 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Flexible Cells: Theory and Characterizations \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Limitations of the Conventional Cells 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Mechanical Properties of Conventional Materials 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Limitations of Conventional Architectures 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Limitations of Electrolytes 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Mechanical Process for Bendable Cells 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Effect of Thickness 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Effect of Flexible Substrates and Neutral Plane 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Mechanics of Stretchable Cells 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Wavy Architectures by Small Deformation Buckling Process 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Wavy Architectures by Large Deformation Buckling Process 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Island Bridge Architectures 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Static Electrochemical Performance of Flexible Cells 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Dynamic Performance of Flexible Cells 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Bending Characterization 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Stretching Characterization 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Conformability Test 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Stress Simulation by Finite Element Analysis 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Dynamic Electrochemical Performance During Bending 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.6 Dynamic Electrochemical Performance During Stretching 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary and Perspectives 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Flexible Cells: Materials and Fabrication Technologies \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Construction Principles of Flexible Cells 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Substrate Materials for Flexible Cells 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Polymer Substrates 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Paper Substrate 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Textile Substrate 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Active Materials for Flexible Cells 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 CNTs 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Graphene 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Low-Dimensional Materials 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Electrolytes for Flexible LIBs 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Inorganic Solid-state Electrolytes for Flexible LIBs 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Solid-state Polymer Electrolytes for Flexible LIBs 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Electrolytes for Flexible ECs 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Nonconductive Substrates-Based Flexible Cells 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Paper-Based Flexible Cells 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Textiles-Based Flexible Cells 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Polymer Substrates-Based Flexible Cells 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 CNT and Graphene-Based Flexible Cells 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.1 Free-standing Graphene and CNTs Films for SCs 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2 Free-standing Graphene and CNT Films for LIBs 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.3 Flexible CNTs\/Graphene Composite Films for the Cells 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Construction of Stretchable Cells by Novel Architectures 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Stretchable Cells Based onWavy Architecture 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.2 Stretchable Cells Based on Island-Bridge Architecture 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Conclusion and Perspectives 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1 Mechanical Performance Improvement 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2 Innovative Architecture for Stretchable Cells 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.3 Electrolytes Development 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.4 Packaging and Tabs 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.5 Integrated Flexible Devices 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Architectures Design for Cells with High Energy Density \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e147\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Strategies for High Energy Density Cells 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Gravimetric and Volumetric Energy Density of Electrodes 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Classification of Thick Electrodes: Bulk and Foam Electrodes 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Design and Fabrication of Bulk Electrodes 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Advantages of Bulk Electrodes 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Low Tortuosity: The Key for Bulk Electrodes 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Characterization and Numerical Simulation of Tortuosity 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Characterization of Tortuosity by X-ray Tomography 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Numerical Simulation of Tortuosity on Rates by Commercial Software 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Fabrication Methods for Bulk Electrodes 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Thick Electrodes with Random Pore Structure 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Pressure-less High-temperature Sintering Process 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Cold Sintering Process 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 Spark Plasma Sintering Technology 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.4 Brief Summary for Sintering Technologies 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Thick Electrodes with Directional Pore Distribution 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.1 Iterative Extrusion Method 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.2 Magnetic-Induced Alignment Method 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3 CarbonizedWood Template Method 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.4 Ice Templates Method 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.5 3D-Printing for Thick Electrodes 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.6 Brief Summary for Bulk Electrodes 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Carbon-Based Foam Electrodes with High Gravimetric Energy Density 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.1 Graphene Foam 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.2 CNTs Foam 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.3 CNT\/Graphene Foam 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Carbon-Based Thick Electrodes 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.1 Low Electronic Conductive Material\/Carbon Foam 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.2 Large Volume Variation Materials\/Carbon Foam 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3 Compact Graphene Electrodes 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.4 Summary for Carbon Foam Electrodes 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Thick Electrodes Based on the Conductive Polymer Gels 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Summary and Perspectives 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Miniaturized Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Definition of the Miniaturized Cells and Their Applications 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Classification of Miniaturized Cells 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Development Trends of the Miniaturized Cells 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Evaluation Methods for the Miniaturized Cells 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Evaluation Methods for Electric Double-layer m-ECs 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Evaluation methods for m-LIBs and m-ECs 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Architectures of Various Miniaturized Cells 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Materials for the Miniaturized Cells 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Electrode Materials 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Electrolytes for the Miniaturized Cells 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Fabrication Technologies for Miniaturized Cells 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Fabrication of Miniaturized Cells with 2D Parallel Plate Configuration 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Fabrication Technologies for 2D Interdigitated Cells 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Printing Technologies for 2D Interdigitated Cells 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 Advantages of Printing Technologies 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Classification of Printing Techniques 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.3 Screen Printing for Miniaturized Cells 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.4 Inkjet Printing 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Electrochemical Deposition Method for 2D Interdigitated Cells 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Laser Scribing for 2D Interdigitated Cells 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 In Situ Electrode Conversion for 2D Interdigitated Cells 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11 Fabrication Technologies for 3D In-plane Miniaturized Cells 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11.1 3D Printing for 3D Interdigitated Configuration Cells 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11.2 3D Interdigitated Configuration by Electrodeposition 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12 Fabrication of Miniaturized Cells with 3D Stacked Configuration 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12.1 3D Stacked Configuration by Template Deposition 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12.2 3D Stacked Configuration by Microchannel-Plated Deposition Methods 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.13 Integrated Systems 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14 Summary and Perspectives 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Smart Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Definition of Smart Materials and Cells 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Definition of Smart Cells 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Definition of Smart Materials 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Type of Smart Materials 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Self-healing Materials 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Shape-memory Alloys 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Thermal-responding PTC Thermistors 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Electrochromic Materials 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Construction of Smart Cells 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Self-healing Silicon Anodes 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Aqueous Self-healing Electrodes 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Liquid-alloy Self-healing Electrode Materials 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Thermal-responding Layer 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Thermal-responding Electrodes Based on the PTC Effect 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 Ionic Blocking Effect-Based Thermal-responding Electrodes 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Application of Shape-memory Materials in LIBs and ECs 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Self-adapting Cells 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Shape-memory Alloy-Based Thermal Regulator 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Self-heating and Self-monitoring Designs 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Self-heating 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Self-monitoring 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Integrated Electrochromic Architectures for Energy Storage 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Integration Possibilities 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Integrated Electrochromic ECs 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3 Integrated Electrochromic LIBs 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Summary and Perspectives 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 301\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743121748311,"sku":"9783527345793","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"templated-fabrication-of-graphene-based-materials-for-energy-applications-9783527346004","title":"Templated Fabrication of Graphene-Based Materials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTemplated Fabrication of Graphene-Based aterials for Energy Applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn illuminating look at the latest research on graphene-based materials and their applications in energy\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eTemplated Fabrication of Graphene-Based Materials for Energy Applications,\u003c\/i\u003e a team of distinguished materials scientists delivers a unique and topical exploration of a versatile fabrication method used to create high-quality graphene and composites. The book offers a three-part approach to current topics in graphene fabrication. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe first part introduces graphene-based materials and is followed by cutting-edge discussions of template methods used in the preparation of graphene-based materials. The editors conclude with the latest research in the area of graphene-based materials applications in various energy-related pursuits. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReaders will find relevant content that refers to original research conducted by the editors themselves, as well as work from up-and-coming and established researchers that explores the most interesting horizons in the study of graphene-based materials. The book also provides: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to graphene, including its history and physical properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn in-depth analysis of current graphene synthesis strategies, including the classification of graphene preparations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansive discussions of various kinds of template methods for graphene production, including the study of porous metals and the preparation of graphene in large quantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive explorations of the applications of various graphene-based materials, including lithium-ion batteries, lithium-sulfur batteries, and supercapacitors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for materials scientists, electrochemists, and solid-state physicists, \u003ci\u003eTemplated Fabrication of Graphene-Based Materials for Energy Applications\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of physical chemists and professionals in the electrotechnical industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePART I INTRODUCTION OF GRAPHENE-BASED MATERIALS\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 1. Graphene-Based Materials: Structure, Properties\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 2. Graphene Synthesis: An Overview of Current Status\u003cbr\u003e PART II GRAPHENE-BASED MATERIALS FABRICATED BY TEMPLATE-ASSISTED CHEMICAL METALLURGY METHODS\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 3. Nanoporous Metal Template Methods\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 4. Soluble Salt Template Methods\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 5. Powder Metallurgy Template Methods\u003cbr\u003e PART III APPLICATIONS\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 6. Graphene-Based Materials for Lithium-Ion Batteries\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 7. Graphene-Based Materials for Sodium-Ion Batteries\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 8. Graphene-Based Materials for Lithium-Sulfur Batteries\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 9. Graphene-Based Materials for Supercapacitors\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 10. Graphene-Based Materials for Electrocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743121781079,"sku":"9783527346004","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"nonlinear-optics-on-ferroic-materials-9783527346325","title":"Nonlinear Optics on Ferroic Materials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNonlinear Optics on Ferroic Materials\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCovering the fruitful combination of nonlinear optics and ferroic materials!\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe use of nonlinear optics for the study of ferroics, that is, magnetically, electrically or otherwise spontaneously ordered and switchable materials has witnessed a remarkable development since its inception with the invention of the laser in the 1960s. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book on \u003ci\u003eNonlinear Optics on Ferroic Materials \u003c\/i\u003ereviews and advances an overarching concept of ferroic order and its exploration by nonlinear-optical methods. In doing so, it brings together three fields of physics: symmetry, ferroic order, and nonlinear laser spectroscopy. It begins by introducing the fundamentals for each of these fields. The book then discusses how nonlinear optical studies help to reveal properties of ferroic materials that are often inaccessible with other methods. In this, consequent use is made of the unique degrees of freedom inherent to optical experiments. An excursion into the theoretical foundations of nonlinear optical processes in ferroics rounds off the discussion. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe final part of the book explores classes of ferroic materials of primary interest. In particular, this covers multiferroics with magnetoelectric correlations and oxide-electronic heterostructures. An outlook towards materials exhibiting novel forms of ferroic states or correlated arrangements beyond ferroic order and the study these systems by nonlinear optics concludes the work. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book is aimed equally at experienced scientists and young researchers at the interface between condensed-matter physics and optics and with a taste for bold, innovative ideas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 A Preview of the Subject of the Book 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Symmetry Considerations 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Ferroic Materials 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Laser Optics 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Creating the Trinity 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Structure of this Book 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I The Ingredients and Their Combination 11\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Symmetry 13\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Describing Interactions in Condensed-Matter Systems 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Introduction to Practical Group Theory 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Crystals 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Types of Symmetry Operations 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Combinations of Operations 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Nomenclature 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Point Groups and Space Groups 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Point Groups 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Space Groups 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 From Symmetries to Properties 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Deriving the Components of the Property Tensors 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Parity of the Property Tensors 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Introducing Inhomogeneity 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Beyond Group Theory: Particularisation 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Ferroic Materials 31\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Ferroic Phase Transitions 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Landau-Theoretical Description and Order Parameter 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 First- and Second-Order Phase Transitions 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Critical Exponents 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Domain States and Domains 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.5 Softness 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Ferroic States 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Conjugate Field and Switchability 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Hysteresis 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Curie Temperature 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Antiferroic States 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Classification of Ferroics 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Ferromagnetism 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Ferroelectricity 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Ferroelasticity 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Ferrotoroidicity 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Other Forms of Primary Ferroic Order 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Higher-Order Ferroics 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.7 Multiferroics 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Nonlinear Optics 91\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Interaction of Materials with the Electromagnetic Radiation Field 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Hamilton Operator 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Multipole Expansion 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Wave Equation in Nonlinear Optics 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Derivation of the Wave Equation with an Extended Source Term 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 General Solution of the Wave Equation 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Four Solutions of Particular Interest 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Microscopic Sources of Nonlinear Optical Effects 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Important Nonlinear Optical Processes 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Two-Photon Sum Frequency Generation 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Second Harmonic Generation 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Two-Photon Difference Frequency Generation 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Optical Parametric Generation 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Third Harmonic Generation 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Nonlinear Spectroscopy of Electronic States 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Transition Matrix Elements 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Resonance Behaviour at the Contributing Frequencies 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Local-Field Corrections 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Linear Optical Properties at the Contributing Frequencies 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5 Phase Matching 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Experimental Aspects 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Laser Sources 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Nanosecond Laser Systems with Optical Parametric Oscillator 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Femtosecond Laser Systems with Optical Parametric Amplifier 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Experimental Set-Ups 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Spectral Resolution 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Imaging by Projection 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Imaging by Scanning 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Temporal Resolution 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Nonlinear Optics on Ferroics – An Instructive Example 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 SHG Contributions from Antiferromagnetic Cr 2 O 3 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 SHG Spectroscopy 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Topography on Antiferromagnetic Domains 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Magnetic Structure in the Spin-Flop Phase 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Novel Functionalities 155\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 The Unique Degrees of Freedom of Optical Experiments 157\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Polarisation-Dependent Spectroscopy 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Basic Methodical Aspects 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Resonance Enhancement of Signals 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Sublattice Selectivity 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4 Separation of Coexisting Types of Order 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.5 Spectral Identification of Symmetries 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Spatial Resolution – Domains 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Access to Hidden Domain States 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Domain Microscopy at Different Resolution 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Domain Topography Below the Optical Resolution Limit 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Domain Topography in Three Dimensions 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Temporal Resolution – Correlation Dynamics 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Overview 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Dynamical Properties of Ferromagnetic Systems 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Dynamical Processes in Antiferromagnetic Systems 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Nonlinear Effects in the Few-Terahertz Range 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Theoretical Aspects 201\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Microscopic Sources of SHG in Ferromagnetic Metals 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Microscopic Sources of SHG in Antiferromagnetic Insulators 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Chromium Sesquioxide 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Hexagonal Manganites 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Nickel Oxide 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Materials and Applications 211\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 SHG and Multiferroics with Magnetoelectric Correlations 213\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Type-I Multiferroics – The Hexagonal Manganites 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Synthesis and Crystal Structure 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Lattice Trimerisation 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Antiferromagnetic Order of the Mn 3+ Lattice 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Magnetic Order of the Rare-Earth System 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.5 Magnetic Sublattice Interactions 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.6 Magnetoelectric Sublattice Interactions 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.7 Dynamic Correlations 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Type-I Multiferroics – BiFeO 3 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Synthesis and Crystal Structure 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Ferroelectric Order 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Antiferromagnetic Order 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Magnetoelectric Coupling Effects 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Type-I Multiferroics with Strain-Induced Ferroelectricity 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Type-II Multiferroics – MnWO 4 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Synthesis and Crystal Structure 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Multiferroic Order 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 SHG Contributions – Incommensurate SHG 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4 Types of Domains 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.5 Poling Dynamics 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.6 Multiferroic Domain Walls 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Type-II Multiferroics – TbMn 2 O 5 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Synthesis, Crystal Structure, and Magnetic Order 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Decomposition of Contributions to the Spontaneous Polarisation 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Type-II Multiferroics – TbMnO 3 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 Synthesis, Crystal Structure, and Magnetic Order 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 Domains and Poling 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.3 Optical Domain Switching 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.4 Robustness of the Multiferroic State 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Type-II Multiferroics with Higher-Order Domain Functionalities 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.1 Magnetoelectric Inversion of a Domain Pattern 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.2 Magnetoelectric ‘Teleportation’ of a Domain Pattern 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 SHG and Materials with Novel Types of Primary Ferroic Orders 313\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Ferrotoroidics 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Ferrotoroidic LiCoPO 4 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Ferrotoroidics Other than LiCoPO 4 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 Status of Ferrotoroidicity as Primary Ferroic Order 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Ferro-Axial Order – RbFe(MoO 4) 2 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Structure and Phase Transitions 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Ferroic Nature of the Rotational Transition 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 SHG and Oxide Electronics – Thin Films and Heterostructures 329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Growth Techniques 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Pulsed-Laser Deposition 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Molecular Beam Epitaxy 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 Sputter Deposition 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.4 Metal-Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Thin Epitaxial Oxide Films with Magnetic Order 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Ferrimagnetic Garnets 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Ferromagnetic Metals 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 EuO – A Ferromagnetic Insulator 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Thin Epitaxial Oxide Films with Ferroelectric Order 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Crystal Structure and Domain Configurations: BiFeO 3 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 From Domains to Domain Walls: SrMnO 3 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Internal Structure of Domain Walls: Pbzr X Ti 1−x O 3 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 From Domain Walls to Interfaces: LaAlO 3 on SrTiO 3 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Poling Dynamics in Ferroelectric Thin Films 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Growth Dynamics in Oxide Electronics by In Situ SHG Probing 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Early ISHG Experiments 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Experimental Set-Up for ISHG 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Emergence of Ferroelectric Order in a Single Film 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.4 From Single Films to Multi-Layer Heterostructure 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.5 From Multi-Layer Heterostructures to Symmetry Engineering 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.6 Growth Dynamics – Interaction Between Materials 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.7 Growth Dynamics – Interaction Between Interfaces 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Nonlinear Optics on Ordered States Beyond Ferroics 375\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Superconductors 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Metamaterials – Photonic Crystals 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Optical Properties 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Ferroic Properties 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Quasicrystalline Metamaterials 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Topological Insulators 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Epilogue 387\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 A Retrospect of the Subject of the Book 389\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 443\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122141527,"sku":"9783527346325","price":97.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527346325.jpg?v=1720064208"},{"product_id":"3d-and-circuit-integration-of-mems-9783527346479","title":"3D and Circuit Integration of MEMS","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3D and Circuit Integration of MEMS\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eExplore heterogeneous circuit integration and the packaging needed for practical applications of microsystems\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMEMS and system integration are important building blocks for the “More-Than-Moore” paradigm described in the International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors. And, in \u003ci\u003e3D and Circuit Integration of MEMS\u003c\/i\u003e, distinguished editor Dr. Masayoshi Esashi delivers a comprehensive and systematic exploration of the technologies for microsystem packaging and heterogeneous integration. The book focuses on the silicon MEMS that have been used extensively and the technologies surrounding system integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou’ll learn about topics as varied as bulk micromachining, surface micromachining, CMOS-MEMS, wafer interconnection, wafer bonding, and sealing. Highly relevant for researchers involved in microsystem technologies, the book is also ideal for anyone working in the microsystems industry. It demonstrates the key technologies that will assist researchers and professionals deal with current and future application bottlenecks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReaders will also benefit from the inclusion of:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to enhanced bulk micromachining on MIS process, including pressure sensor fabrication and the extension of MIS process for various advanced MEMS devices\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAn exploration of epitaxial poly Si surface micromachining, including process condition of epi-poly Si, and MEMS devices using epi-poly Si\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePractical discussions of Poly SiGe surface micromachining, including SiGe deposition and LP CVD polycrystalline SiGe\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eA concise treatment of heterogeneously integrated aluminum nitride MEMS resonators and filters\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerfect for materials scientists, electronics engineers, and electrical and mechanical engineers, \u003ci\u003e3D and Circuit Integration of MEMS\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of semiconductor physicists seeking a one-stop reference for circuit integration and the practical application of microsystems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Overview 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMasayoshi Esashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II System on Chip 13\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Bulk Micromachining 15\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXinxin Li and Heng Yang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Process Basis of Bulk Micromachining Technologies 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Bulk Micromachining Based on Wafer Bonding 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 SOI MEMS 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Cavity SOI Technology 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Silicon on Glass Processes: Dissolved Wafer Process (DWP) 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Single-Wafer Single-Side Processes 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Single-Crystal Reactive Etching and Metallization Process (SCREAM) 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Sacrificial Bulk Micromachining (SBM) 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Silicon on Nothing (SON) 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Enhanced Bulk Micromachining Based on MIS Process 49\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXinxin Li and Heng Yang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Repeating MIS Cycle for Multilayer 3D structures or Multi-sensor Integration 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Pressure Sensors with PS\u003csup\u003e3\u003c\/sup\u003e Structure 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 P+G Integrated Sensors 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Pressure Sensor Fabrication – From MIS Updated to TUB 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Extension of MIS Process for Various Advanced MEMS Devices 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Epitaxial Poly Si Surface Micromachining 61\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMasayoshi Esashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Process Condition of Epi-poly Si 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 MEMS Devices Using Epi-poly Si 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Poly-SiGe Surface Micromachining 69\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eCarrie W. Low, Sergio F. Almeida, Emmanuel P. Quévy, and Roger T. Howe\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 SiGe Applications in IC and MEMS 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Desired SiGe Properties for MEMS 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 SiGe Deposition 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Deposition Methods 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Material Properties Comparison 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Cost Analysis 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 LPCVD Polycrystalline SiGe 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Vertical Furnace 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Particle Control 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Process Monitoring and Maintenance 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 In-line Metrology for Film Thickness and Ge Content 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Process Space Mapping 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 CMEMS\u003csup\u003e®\u003c\/sup\u003e Process 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 CMOS Interface Challenges 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 CMEMS Process Flow 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.1 Top Metal Module 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.2 Plug Module 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.3 Structural SiGe Module 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.4 Slit Module 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.5 Structure Module 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.6 Spacer Module 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.7 Electrode Module 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.8 Pad Module 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Release 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Al–Ge Bonding for Microcaps 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Poly-SiGe Applications 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Resonator for Electronic Timing 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Nano-electro-mechanical Switches 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Metal Surface Micromachining 99\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMinoru Sasaki\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Background of Surface Micromachining 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Static Device 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Static Structure Fixed after the Single Movement 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Dynamic Device 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 MEMS Switch 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Digital Micromirror Device 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Summary 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Heterogeneously Integrated Aluminum Nitride MEMS  Resonators and Filters 113\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eEnes Calayir, Srinivas Merugu, Jaewung Lee, Navab Singh, and Gianluca Piazza\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Overview of Integrated Aluminum Nitride MEMS 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Heterogeneous Integration of Aluminum Nitride MEMS Resonators with CMOS Circuits 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Aluminum Nitride MEMS Process Flow 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Encapsulation of Aluminum Nitride MEMS Resonators and Filters 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Redistribution Layers on Top of Encapsulated Aluminum Nitride MEMS 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Selected Individual Resonator and Filter Frequency Responses 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Flip-chip Bonding of Aluminum Nitride MEMS with CMOS 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Heterogeneously Integrated Self-Healing Filters 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Application of Statistical Element Selection (SES) to AlN MEMS Filters with CMOS Circuits 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Measurement of 3D Hybrid Integrated Chip Stack 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 MEMS Using CMOS Wafer 131\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eWeileun Fang, Sheng-Shian Li, Yi Chiu, and Ming-Huang Li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction: CMOS MEMS Architectures and Advantages 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Process Modules for CMOS MEMS 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Process Modules for Thin Films 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.1 Metal Sacrificial 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.2 Oxide Sacrificial 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.3 TiN-composite (TiN-C) 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Process Modules for the Substrate 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 SF\u003csub\u003e6\u003c\/sub\u003e and XeF\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e (Dry Isotropic) 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 KOH and TMAH (Wet Anisotropic) 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.3 RIE and DRIE (Front-side RIE, Backside DRIE) 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 The 2P4M CMOS Platform (0.35 μm) 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Accelerometer 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Pressure Sensor 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Resonators 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Others 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 The 1P6M CMOS Platform (0.18 μm) 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Tactile Sensors 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 IR Sensor 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Resonators 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.4 Others 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 CMOS MEMS with Add-on Materials 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Gas and Humidity Sensors 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.1 Metal Oxide 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.2 Polymer 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Biochemical Sensors 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Pressure and Acoustic Sensors 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3.1 Microfluidic Structures 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Monolithic Integration of Circuits and Sensors 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Multi-sensor Integration 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1.1 Gas Sensors 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1.2 Physical Sensors 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Readout Circuit Integration 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2.1 Resistive Sensors 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2.2 Capacitive Sensors 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2.3 Inductive Sensors 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2.4 Resonant Sensors 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Issues and Concerns 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Residual Stresses, CTE Mismatch, and Creep of Thin Films 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1.1 Initial Deformation – Residual Stress 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1.2 Thermal Deformation – Thermal Expansion Coefficient Mismatch 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1.3 Long-time Stability – Creep 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 Quality Factor, Materials Loss, and Temperature Stability 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2.1 Anchor Loss 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2.2 Thermoelastic Damping (TED) 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2.3 Material and Interface Loss 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Dielectric Charging 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 Nonlinearity and Phase Noise in Oscillators 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Concluding Remarks 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Wafer Transfer 221\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMasayoshi Esashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Film Transfer 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Device Transfer (via-last) 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Device Transfer (Via-First) 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Chip Level Transfer 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Piezoelectric MEMS 243\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eT Takeshi Kobayashi (AIST)\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Fundamental 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 PZT Thin Films Property as an Actuator 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 PZT Thin Film Composition and Orientation 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 PZT Thin Film Deposition 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Sputtering 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Sol–Gel 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.1 Orientation Control 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.2 Thick Film Deposition 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Electrode Materials and Lifetime of PZT Thin Films 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 PZT–MEMS Fabrication Process 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Cantilever and Microscanner 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Poling 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Bonding, Sealing and Interconnection 257\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Anodic Bonding 259\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMasayoshi Esashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Principle 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Distortion 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Influence of Anodic Bonding to Circuits 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Anodic Bonding with Various Materials, Structures and Conditions 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Various Combinations 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Anodic Bonding with Intermediate Thin Films 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Variation of Anodic Bonding 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4 Glass Reflow Process 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Direct Bonding 279\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHideki Takagi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Wafer Direct Bonding 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Hydrophilic Wafer Bonding 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Surface Activated Bonding at Room Temperature 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Metal Bonding 289\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJoerg Froemel\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Solid Liquid Interdiffusion Bonding (SLID) 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.1 Au\/In and Cu\/In 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.2 Au\/Ga and Cu\/Ga 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.3 Au\/Sn and Cu\/Sn 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.4 Void Formation 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Metal Thermocompression Bonding 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.1 Interface Formation 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.2 Grain Reorientation 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.3 Grain Growth 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Eutectic Bonding 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Au\/Si 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Al\/Ge 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Au\/Sn 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Reactive Bonding 309\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKlaus Vogel, Silvia Hertel, Christian Hofmann, Mathias Weiser, Maik Wiemer, Thomas Otto, and Harald Kuhn\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Motivation 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Fundamentals of Reactive Bonding 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Material Systems 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 State of the Art 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Deposition Concepts of Reactive Material Systems 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Physical Vapor Deposition 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1.1 Conclusion Physical Vapor Deposition and Patterning 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Electrochemical Deposition of Reactive Material Systems 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2.1 Dual Bath Technology 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2.2 Single Bath Technology 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2.3 Conclusion DBT and SBT 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 Vertical Reactive Material Systems With 1D Periodicity 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3.1 Dimensioning 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3.2 Fabrication 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3.3 Conclusion 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Bonding With RMS 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Conclusion 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Polymer Bonding 331\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiaojing Wang and Frank Niklaus\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Materials for Polymer Wafer Bonding 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Polymer Adhesion Mechanisms 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Properties of Polymers for Wafer Bonding 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Polymers Used in Wafer Bonding 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Polymer Wafer Bonding Technology 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Process Parameters in Polymer Wafer Bonding 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Localized Polymer Wafer Bonding 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Precise Wafer-to-Wafer Alignment in Polymer Wafer Bonding 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Practical Examples of Polymer Wafer Bonding Processes 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Summary and Conclusions 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Soldering by Local Heating 361\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYu-Ting Cheng and Liwei Lin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Soldering in MEMS Packaging 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Laser Soldering 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Resistive Heating and Soldering 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Inductive Heating and Soldering 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Other Localized Soldering Processes 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.1 Self-propagative Reaction Heating 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.2 Ultrasonic Frictional Heating 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Packaging, Sealing, and Interconnection 377\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMasayoshi Esashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Wafer Level Packaging 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Sealing 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1 Reaction Sealing 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2 Deposition Sealing (Shell Packaging) 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3 Metal Compression Sealing 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Interconnection 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.1 Vertical Feedthrough Interconnection 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.1.1 Through Glass via (TGV) Interconnection 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.1.2 Through Si via (TSiV) Interconnection 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.2 Lateral Feedthrough Interconnection 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.3 Interconnection by Electroplating 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Vacuum Packaging 409\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMasayoshi Esashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Problems of Vacuum Packaging 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Vacuum Packaging by Anodic Bonding 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Packaging by Anodic Bonding with Controlled Cavity Pressure 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Vacuum Packaging by Metal Bonding 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Vacuum Packaging by Deposition 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Hermeticity Testing 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Buried Channels in Monolithic Si 423\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKazusuke Maenaka\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Buried Channel\/Cavity in LSI and MEMS 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Monolithic SON Technology and Related Technologies 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Applications of SON 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Through-substrate Vias 443\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhyao Wang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Configurations of TSVs 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1.1 Solid TSVs 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1.2 Hollow TSVs 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1.3 Air-gap TSVs 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 TSV Applications in MEMS 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.1 Signal Conduction to the Wafer Backside 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2 CMOS-MEMS 3D Integration 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.3 MEMS and CMOS 2.5D Integration 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.4 Wafer-level Vacuum Packaging 448\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.5 Other Applications 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Considerations for TSV in MEMS 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Fundamental TSV Fabrication Technologies 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.1 Deep Hole Etching 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.1.1 Deep Reactive Ion Etching 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.1.2 Laser Ablation 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.2 Insulator Formation 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.2.1 Silicon Dioxide Insulators 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.2.2 Polymer Insulators 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.2.3 Air-gaps 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.3 Conductor Formation 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.3.1 Polysilicon 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.3.2 Single Crystalline Silicon 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.3.3 Tungsten 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.3.4 Copper 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4.3.5 Other Conductor Materials 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5 Polysilicon TSVs 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5.1 Solid Polysilicon TSVs 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5.2 Air-gap Polysilicon TSVs 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6 Silicon TSVs 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6.1 Solid Silicon TSVs 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6.2 Air-gap Silicon TSVs 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7 Metal TSVs 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7.1 Solid Metal TSVs 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7.2 Hollow Metal TSVs 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7.3 Air-gap Metal TSVs 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 493\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122403671,"sku":"9783527346479","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"biomedical-engineering-materials-technology-and-applications-9783527347469","title":"Biomedical Engineering: Materials, Technology,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eBiomedical Engineering\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn exploration of materials processing and engineering technology across a wide range of medical applications \u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe field of biomedical engineering has played a vital role in the progression of medical development technology. \u003ci\u003eBiomedical Engineering: Materials, Technology, and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e covers key aspects of the field—from basic concepts to advanced level research for medical applications. The book stands as a source of inspiration for research on materials as well as their development and practical application within specialized industries. It begins with a discussion of what biomedical engineering is and concludes with a final chapter on the advancements of biomaterials technology in medicine.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Offers comprehensive coverage of topics, including biomaterials, tissue engineering, bioreceptor interactions, and various medical applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Discusses applications in critical industries such as biomedical diagnosis, pharmaceutics, drug delivery, cancer detection, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServes as a reference for those in scientific, medical, and academic fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBiomedical Engineering\u003c\/i\u003e takes an interdisciplinary look at how biomedical science and engineering technology are integral to developing novel approaches to major problems, such as those associated with disease diagnosis and drug delivery. By covering a full range of materials processing and technology-related subjects, it shares timely information for biotechnologists, material scientists, biophysicists, chemists, bioengineers, nanotechnologists, and medical researchers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. CONCEPTS of BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING\u003cbr\u003e 1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 1.2 What is Biomedical Engineering\u003cbr\u003e 1.3 Frontiers in Biomedical Engineering\u003cbr\u003e 1.4 Impact of Biomedical Engineering\u003cbr\u003e 1.4.1 Target Drug Delivery \u003cbr\u003e 1.4.2 Early Stage Detection\u003cbr\u003e 1.4.3 Personalized Medicine\u003cbr\u003e 1.5 General Applications of Biomedical Engineering\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.1 Pharmaceutic\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.2 Medicine\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.3 Consumer Goods\u003cbr\u003e 1.6 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 2. BIOMATERIALS  \u003cbr\u003e 2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 2.2 Biomedical Materials\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.1 Polymers \u003cbr\u003e 2.2.2 Metals\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.3 Composites\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.4 Non-Metal Materials\u003cbr\u003e 2.3 Biomaterials in Medicine\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.1 Surgical Devices\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.2 Implantable and Injectable Materials \u003cbr\u003e 2.4 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 3 BIOMOLECULE RESPONSIVE MATERIALS    \u003cbr\u003e 3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 3.2 Glucose Responsive Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.2.1 Glucose Oxidase Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.2.2 Phenylboronic Acid Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.3 Protein Responsive Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.1 Enzyme-Responsive Materials  \u003cbr\u003e 3.3.2 Antigen-Responsive Materials      \u003cbr\u003e 3.4 Nucleic Acid Responsive Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.1 RNA-Responsive Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.2 DNA-Responsive Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.3 Aptamers-Responsive Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.4 PNA-Responsive Materials\u003cbr\u003e 3.5 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 4. SURFACE CHEMISTRY of BIOMATERIALS for MEDICAL APPLICATION    \u003cbr\u003e 4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 4.2 Chemical Method\u003cbr\u003e 4.2.1 Radiation Grafting\u003cbr\u003e 4.2.2 Silanization\u003cbr\u003e 4.3 Electrochemical Method\u003cbr\u003e 4.3.1. Conversion Coatings\u003cbr\u003e 4.3.2. Electroplating \u003cbr\u003e 4.4. Plasma Method\u003cbr\u003e 4.4.1 High-Energy Plasma Treatments\u003cbr\u003e 4.4.2 Immobilization of Molecules\u003cbr\u003e 4.5 Ion Beam Implantation\u003cbr\u003e 4.6 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 5 DRUG DELIVERY TECHNOLOGY \u003cbr\u003e 5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 5.2 Biodegradable Polymers in Drug Delivery\u003cbr\u003e 5.2.1 Gene Delivery\u003cbr\u003e 5.2.2 siRNA Delivery\u003cbr\u003e 5.3 Target Drug Delivery\u003cbr\u003e 5.3.1 Target Therapy in Cancer \u003cbr\u003e 5.3.2 Target Therapy in Diabetes  \u003cbr\u003e 5.4 Drug Delivery in Imaging Technology\u003cbr\u003e 5.4.1 MRI Technology\u003cbr\u003e 5.4.2 Ultrasound Technology\u003cbr\u003e 5.5 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 6 EARLY STAGE DETECTION TECHNOLOGY \u003cbr\u003e 6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 6.2 Sensors Biological Application\u003cbr\u003e 6.3 Fabrication Methods \u003cbr\u003e 6.3.1 Lithography Technology\u003cbr\u003e 6.3.2 Printing Technology  \u003cbr\u003e 6.4 Current Approaches\u003cbr\u003e 6.4.1 Lab-on-Chip\u003cbr\u003e 6.4.2 Organ-on-Chip\u003cbr\u003e 6.4.3 Drug Screening\u003cbr\u003e 6.5 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 7 REGENERATIVE MEDICINE \u003cbr\u003e 7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 7.2 The Source of Stem Cells and Its Therapeutic Application\u003cbr\u003e 7.3 Tissue Engineering Principals in Stem Cells Technology \u003cbr\u003e 7.4 Tissue Engineered Scaffolds\u003cbr\u003e 7.5 Tissue Engineered Nano-scaffolds\u003cbr\u003e 7.6 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 8 NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY  \u003cbr\u003e 8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 8.2 Classification of Nanomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 8.2.1 Nanoparticles\u003cbr\u003e 8.2.2 Nanofibers, Nanowires, Nanorods\u003cbr\u003e 8.2.3 Self-Assembled Nanomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 8.3 Specific Mediated Nanomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 8.4 Biomineralization Nanomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 8.5 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e References\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 9 ADVANCES in BIOMATERIALS TECHNOLOGY in MEDICINE\u003cbr\u003e 9.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 9.2 Advances in Synthesis of New Biomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 9.3 Biocompatibility Polymers       \u003cbr\u003e 9.4 Proteins and Peptides in Medicine\u003cbr\u003e 9.5 Limitations of Nanomaterials Technology in Nature and Medicine\u003cbr\u003e 9.6 Summary and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e Reference\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122600279,"sku":"9783527347469","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"mossbauer-spectroscopy-applications-in-chemistry-and-materials-science-9783527346912","title":"Mössbauer Spectroscopy: Applications in Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eMössbauer Spectroscopy\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnique and comprehensive overview of versatile applications of Mössbauer spectroscopy in chemistry and material sciences\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eMössbauer Spectroscopy\u003c\/i\u003e provides a comprehensive overview of relevant applications of this physical analysis method in chemistry and material sciences.   \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book shows the versatility of Mössbauer spectroscopy in finding useful information on electronic structure, structural insights, and solid-state effects of chemical systems. A wide range of chemical applications and applied concepts are covered as well as numerous examples, selected from recent literature. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo aid in reader comprehension and accessibility, contents are well-structured and divided in different sections covering energy, catalysis, coordination chemistry, spin crossover, sensing, photomagnetism. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEdited by prominent scientists in the field and authored by a group of international experts, \u003ci\u003eMössbauer Spectroscopy\u003c\/i\u003e covers sample topics such as: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLi-ion batteries, catalysts, fuel cells, Fe based silicides and iron phosphates containing minerals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGold clusters and gold mixed valence complexes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMolecule based magnets, photoswitchable spin crossover coordination polymers and molecular sensors for meat freshness control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith comprehensive coverage of the developments in the technique, \u003ci\u003eMössbauer Spectroscopy\u003c\/i\u003e is a beneficial resource for researchers, professionals, and academics in chemistry related fields, such as material science, sustainable environment, and molecular electronics. It can be used by newcomers as well as for educational purposes at the master and PhD levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Application of Mössbauer Spectroscopy to Energy Materials 1\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePierre-Emmanuel Lippens, Jean-Claude Jumas, and Josette Olivier-Fourcade\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Mössbauer Spectroscopy for Li-ion and Na-ion Batteries 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Characterization of Electrode Materials and Electrochemical Reactions 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Tin-Based Negative Electrode Materials for Li-ion Batteries 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 Electrochemical Reactions of Lithium with Tin 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.2 Tin Oxides 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.3 Tin Borophosphates 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.4 Tin-Based Intermetallics 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Iron-Based Electrode Materials 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.1 LiFePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e as Positive Electrode Material for Li-ion Batteries 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.2 Fe 1.19 PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e (OH) \u003csub\u003e0.57\u003c\/sub\u003e (H\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e O) \u003csub\u003e0.43\u003c\/sub\u003e \/C as Positive Electrode Material for Li-ion Batteries 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.3 Na 1.5 Fe \u003csub\u003e0.5\u003c\/sub\u003e Ti \u003csub\u003e1.5\u003c\/sub\u003e (PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e) \u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e \/C as Electrode Material for Na-ion Batteries 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Mössbauer Spectroscopy of Tin-Based Catalysts 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Reforming Catalysis 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Redox Properties of Pt-Sn Based Catalysts 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Trimetallic Pt-Sn-In Based Catalysts 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Conclusion 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Mössbauer Spectral Studies of Iron Phosphate Containing Minerals and Compounds 33\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGary J. Long and Fernande Grandjean\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Thermodynamic Properties of Iron Phosphate Containing Compounds 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Room Temperature Mössbauer Spectra of Iron Phosphate Containing Minerals 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Analysis of Magnetically Ordered Mössbauer Spectra 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Structural and Thermodynamic Properties of the Polymorphs of FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Polymorphs of FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Mössbauer Spectra of α-FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Magnetic Structure of α-FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e , Obtained by Mössbauer Spectroscopy 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 Magnetic Structure of α-FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Temperature Dependence of the α-FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Structure Tilt Angle 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Mössbauer Spectral Studies on Metastable Polymorphs of FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.1 Crystallographic Structures of Two Polymorphs of FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ⋅2H\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e O 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.2 Preparation and Crystallographic Structures of the Two Polymorphs, γ-FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e and ζ-FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.3 Mössbauer Spectral Studies of FePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Metastable Polymorphs 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.4 Preparation and Mössbauer Spectra of Synthetic Heterosite, (Fe,Mn)PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.5 Fits of the Magnetic Mössbauer Spectra of η-Fe \u003csub\u003e0.9\u003c\/sub\u003e Mn \u003csub\u003e0.1\u003c\/sub\u003e PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Mössbauer Spectral Studies of Various Iron Phosphate Compounds 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.1 Mössbauer Spectral Properties of α-Fe\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e (PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e)O 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.2 Mössbauer Spectral Properties of Fe\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e (PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e)O\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.3 Preparation and Structural Properties of Fe\u003csub\u003e9\u003c\/sub\u003e (PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e)O\u003csub\u003e8\u003c\/sub\u003e 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.4 Mössbauer Spectral Properties of Fe\u003csub\u003e9\u003c\/sub\u003e (PO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e)O\u003csub\u003e8\u003c\/sub\u003e 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences and Notes 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Mössbauer Spectroscopic Investigation of Fe-Based Silicides 93\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiao Chen, Junhu Wang, and Changhai Liang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Mössbauer Spectroscopic Investigation of Iron Silicides Prepared By Mechanical Alloying and Heat Treatment 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Mössbauer Spectra of Iron Silicide on Silica Prepared by Pyrolysis of Ferrocene-Polydimethylsilane Composites 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Synthesis and Mössbauer Spectra of Iron Silicides by Temperature-Programmed Silicification 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Mössbauer Spectroscopic Investigation of Doped Iron Silicides 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Conclusion and Perspective 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Mössbauer Spectroscopy of Catalysts 113\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKároly Lázár\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Principles of the Mössbauer Effect and Outlook of Its Application for Catalyst Studies 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Brief Overview of the Basics of Mössbauer Spectroscopy 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Mössbauer Spectroscopy from the Point of View of Catalyst Studies – Particular Features 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 The Probability of the Mössbauer Effect – f-Factor and Size Effects 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Variants of the Technique 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.1 \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003eCo Emission Spectroscopy 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.2 Synchrotron-Based NFS (Nuclear Forward Scattering) 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.3 Conversion Electron Mössbauer Spectroscopy 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Technical Implementations – Experimental Conditions 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Heterogeneous Catalysts 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Sites on Supported Particles with Different Participation in Catalytic Processes 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Collective Effects in Particles (Magnetism) 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Case Studies 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1 Metals and Alloys 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2 Oxide Catalysts 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.3 Catalysts with Fe–N, Fe–C, and Fe–N–C Centers 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Biocatalysts – Enzymes 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Homogeneous Catalysts – Frozen Solutions 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Studies on Reaction Intermediates – Time-Resolved Freeze-Quenched Spectra 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Conclusions 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Application of Mössbauer Spectroscopy in Studying Catalysts for CO Oxidation and Preferential Oxidation of CO in H\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003e145\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKuo Liu, Junhu Wang, and Tao Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Application of Mössbauer Spectroscopy in CO Oxidation 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003e Fe Mössbauer Spectroscopy 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 \u003csup\u003e119\u003c\/sup\u003e Sn Mössbauer Spectroscopy 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectroscopy 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 \u003csup\u003e193\u003c\/sup\u003e Ir Mössbauer spectroscopy 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Application of Mössbauer Spectroscopy in PROX 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 PtFe-Containing Catalysts 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Au-Based Catalysts 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 IrFe-Containing Catalysts 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.1 Porous Carbon Supported IrFe Catalysts 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.2 SiO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e and Al\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e O\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e Supported IrFe Catalysts 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 CuO\/CeO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e with Fe\u003csub\u003e2 \u003c\/sub\u003eO\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e Additive 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Concluding Remarks 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Application of \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003e Fe Mössbauer Spectroscopy in Studying Fe–N–C Catalysts for Oxygen Reduction Reaction in Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells 171\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXinlong Xu, Junhu Wang, Suli Wang, and Gongquan Sun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Advanced \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003eFe Mössbauer Spectroscopy Technique 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Room Temperature \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003eFe Mössbauer Spectroscopy 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Low Temperature and Computational \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003eFe Mössbauer Spectroscopy 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 In Situ Electrochemical \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003eFe Mössbauer Spectroscopy 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Characterization of Fe–N–C Using \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003eFe Mössbauer Spectroscopy 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Identification of Active Sites 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Investigation of Degradation Mechanism 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Optimization for Synthesis of Fe–N–C 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Precursor Composition 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Heat Treatment 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Summary and Perspective 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectroscopy of Thiolate-protected Gold Clusters 195\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNorimichi Kojima, Yasuhiro Kobaqyashi, and Makoto Seto\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Synthesis of Thiolate Protected Gold Clusters 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 197 Au Mössbauer Spectroscopy of Gold Nano-clusters 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Experimental Procedure of \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectroscopy 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 197 Au Mössbauer Spectra of Au\u003csub\u003en\u003c\/sub\u003e (SG)\u003csub\u003em\u003c\/sub\u003e(n = 10∼55) 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Molecular Structure and \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectra of Au\u003csub\u003e10\u003c\/sub\u003e (SG)\u003csub\u003e10\u003c\/sub\u003e 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Molecular Structure and \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectra of Au\u003csub\u003e25\u003c\/sub\u003e (SG)\u003csub\u003e18\u003c\/sub\u003e 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Structural Evolution of Au\u003csub\u003en\u003c\/sub\u003e (SG)\u003csub\u003em\u003c\/sub\u003e(n = 10∼55) Based on \u003csup\u003e197 \u003c\/sup\u003eAu Mössbauer Spectroscopy 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 197 Au Mössbauer Spectra of Au\u003csub\u003e24\u003c\/sub\u003e Pd\u003csub\u003e1\u003c\/sub\u003e (SC\u003csub\u003e12\u003c\/sub\u003e H\u003csub\u003e25\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003e18\u003c\/sub\u003e 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.7 197 Au Mössbauer Spectra of Au\u003csub\u003en\u003c\/sub\u003e (SC\u003csub\u003e12\u003c\/sub\u003e H\u003csub\u003e25\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003em\u003c\/sub\u003e 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Conclusion 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectroscopy of Gold Mixed-Valence Complexes, Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ][Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ](X, Y = Cl, Br, I) and [NH\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e (CH\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003en\u003c\/sub\u003e NH\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e ]\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e[(Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e)(Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e)(I\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e](n= 7, 8) 213\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNorimichi Kojima, Yasuhiro Kobaqyashi, and Makoto Seto\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Experimental Procedure 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Synthesis and Characterization 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.1 Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e][Au\u003csup\u003eIII \u003c\/sup\u003eY\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ](X,Y= Cl, Br, I) 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.2 [NH\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e (CH\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003en\u003c\/sub\u003e NH\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e ]\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [(Au\u003csup\u003eI \u003c\/sup\u003eI\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e)(Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e)(I\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ](n= 7, 8) 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 197 Au Mössbauer Spectroscopy 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Crystal Structure of Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e][ Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e](X,Y= Cl, Br, I) 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Chemical Bond of Au−Xin[Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] − and [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e] − 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Mössbauer Parameters of \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au in [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] − and [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ] − 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Mössbauer Parameters of \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au in (C\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e H\u003csub\u003e9\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e N[Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] and (C\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e H\u003csub\u003e9\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e N[Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e] 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.1 Isomer Shift 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.2 Quadrupole Splitting 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Mössbauer Parameters of \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] [ Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e] (X = Cl, Br, I) 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.1 Isomer Shift 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.2 Quadrupole Splitting 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2.3 Analysis of \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Parameters for Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] [ Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e] 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Charge Transfer Interaction in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] [ Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e](X= Cl, Br, I) 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectra of Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] [ Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e](X,Y= Cl, Br, I) 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Isomer Shift of Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] [ Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e] 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 Isomer Shift of Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] [ Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e] 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Quadrupole Splitting of Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ] [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ] 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 Quadrupole Splitting of Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e] [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Y\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ] 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Single Crystal \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectra of Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ] [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ] 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.1 Comparison of \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectra Between Single Crystal and Powder Crystal 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.2 Sign of EFG for Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e in [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ] − and Au\u003csup\u003eIII \u003c\/sup\u003ein [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e4 \u003c\/sub\u003e] − 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectra of Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X \u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ] [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ](X= Cl, I) Under High Pressures 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.1 Phase Diagram of Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ] [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e X\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ](X= Cl, Br, I) 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.2 Origin of Metallic Mixed-Valence State in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au\u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003e Cl\u003csup\u003e2\u003c\/sup\u003e ] [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e Cl\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ] 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.3 Au Valence Transition in Cs\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [Au \u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003eI\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ] [Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e ] 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10 \u003csup\u003e197\u003c\/sup\u003e Au Mössbauer Spectra of [NH\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e (CH\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003en\u003c\/sub\u003e NH\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e ]\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e [(Au \u003csup\u003eI\u003c\/sup\u003eI\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e)(Au\u003csup\u003eIII\u003c\/sup\u003e I\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e)(I\u003csub\u003e3\u003c\/sub\u003e)\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ] (n = 7, 8) 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.11 Conclusion 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 244  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Temperature- and Photo-Induced Spin-Crossover in Molecule-Based Magnets 251\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHiroko Tokoro, Kenta Imoto, and Shin-ichi Ohkoshi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Spin-Crossover Phenomena in Cesium Iron Hexacyanidochromate Prussian Blue Analog 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Light-Induced Spin-Crossover Magnet in Iron Octacyanidoniobate Bimetal Assembly 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Chiral Photomagnetism and Light-Controllable Second Harmonic Light in Iron Octacyanidoniobate Bimetal Assembly 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Conclusion and Perspective 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Developing a Methodology to Obtain New Photoswitchable Fe(II) Spin Crossover Complexes 271\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVarun Kumar and Yann Garcia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction and Context 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Introduction to a New Photo-responsive Anion: psca 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Combining Fe(II) and psca Together in a Single Compound 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Fe(II) Mononuclear Complexes with DMPP and psca Ligands 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 1D Fe(II) Coordination Polymer with psca as Non-Coordinated Anions 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Conclusions and Perspectives 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 \u003csup\u003e57\u003c\/sup\u003e Fe Mössbauer Spectroscopy as a Prime Tool to Explore a New Family of Colorimetric Sensors 291\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eli Sun, Weiyang li, and Yann Garcia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction and General Context 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Colorimetric Gas Sensors Based on Fe(II) Complexes 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Conclusions and Perspectives 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 311\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122764119,"sku":"9783527346912","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"sodium-ion-batteries-materials-characterization-and-technology-2-volumes-9783527347094","title":"Sodium-Ion Batteries: Materials,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePresents uparalleled coverage of Na-ion battery technology, including the most recent research and emerging applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNa-ion battery technologies have emerged as cost-effective, environmentally friendly alternatives to Li-ion batteries, particularly for large-scale storage applications where battery size is less of a concern than in portable electronics or electric vehicles. Scientists and engineers involved in developing commercially viable Na-ion batteries need to understand the state-of-the-art in constituent materials, electrodes, and electrolytes to meet both performance metrics and economic requirements. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSodium-Ion Batteries: Materials, Characterization, and Technology \u003c\/i\u003eprovides in-depth coverage of the material constituents, characterization, applications, upscaling, and commercialization of Na-ion batteries. Contributions by international experts discuss the development and performance of cathode and anode materials and their characterization - using methods such as NMR spectroscopy, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and computational studies - as well as ceramics, ionic liquids, and other solid and liquid electrolytes. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses the development of battery technology based on the abundant alkali ion sodium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures a thorough introduction to Na-ion batteries and their comparison with Li-ion batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviews recent research on the structure-electrochemical performance relationship and the development of new solid electrolytes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a timely overview of commercial perspectives, cost analysis, and safety issues of Na-ion batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovers emerging technologies including Na-ion capacitors, aqueous sodium batteries, and Na-S batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handbook \u003ci\u003eSodium-Ion Batteries: Materials, Characterization, and Technology\u003c\/i\u003e is an indispensable reference for researchers and development engineers, materials scientists, electrochemists, and engineering scientists in both academia and industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVolume 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Anodes 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Graphite as an Anode Material in Sodium-Ion Batteries 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGustav Avall, Mustafa Goktas, and Philipp Adelhelm\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Hard Carbon Anodes for Na-Ion Batteries 27\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eFei Xie, Zhen Xu, Zhenyu Guo, Yuqi Li, Yaxiang Lu, Maria-Magdalena Titirici, and Yong-Sheng Hu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Alloy Anodes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 61\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eYan Yu, Xianhong Rui, and Xianghua Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Cathodes 93\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Sodium Layered Oxide Cathode Materials 95\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eA. Robert Armstrong, Stephanie F. Linnell, Philip A. Maughan, Begoña Silván, and Nuria Tapia-Ruiz\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Phosphate-Based Polyanionic Sodium-Ion Electrode Materials 129\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eG. M. Nolis, M. Casas-Cabanas, and M. Galceran\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Prussian Blue Electrodes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 167\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSai Gourang Patnaik and Philipp Adelhelm\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Advanced Characterization of Na-Ion Battery Electrodes 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Understanding Na-Ion Batteries on the Atomic Scale Through Operando X-ray and Neutron Scattering 191\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristian Kolle Christensen and Dorthe Bomholdt Ravnsbæk\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 NMR Investigations of Sodium-Ion Batteries 215\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristopher A. O’Keefe and Clare P. Grey\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Computational Studies on Na-Ion Electrode Materials 259\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eEmilia Olsson and Qiong Cai\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Pair Distribution Function Analysis of Sodium-Ion Batteries 301\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003ePhoebe K. Allan and Joshua M. Stratford\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVolume 2\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Electrolytes 333\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 Ester- and Ether-Based Electrolytes for Na-Ion Batteries 335\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eYuqi Li, Lin Zhou, Fei Xie, Yu Li, Zhao Chen, Yaxiang Lu, and Yong-Sheng Hu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12 Ionic Liquid and Polymer-Based Electrolytes for Sodium Battery Applications 357\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMaria Forsyth, Faezeh Makhlooghiazad, Fangfang Chen, Ju Sun, and Patrick C. Howlett\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13 Sodium-ion-conducting Oxides Used as Solid Electrolytes in Sodium Batteries -- Learning from the Past 391\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eF. Tietz\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14 Polymers in Sodium-Ion Batteries 429\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eHeather Au and Maria Crespo-Ribadeneyra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V Safety and Other Practical Aspects 501\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15 Sodium-Ion Batteries: Aging, Degradation, Failure Mechanisms and Safety 503\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJulia Weaving, James Robinson, Daniela Ledwoch, Guanjie He, Emma Kendrick, Paul Shearing, and Daniel Brett\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16 Practical Application of Room Temperature Na-Ion Batteries 531\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eKun Tang and Yu Ren\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17 On the Environmental Competitiveness of Sodium-Ion Batteries -- Current State of the Art in Life Cycle Assessment 551\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJens Peters, Manuel Baumann, Marcel Weil, and Stefano Passerini\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI Other Na Based Technologies 573\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18 High-Power Sodium-Ion Batteries and Sodium-Ion Capacitors 575\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBinson Babu and Andrea Balducci\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19 Rechargeable Seawater Batteries 603\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWang-geun Lee and Youngsik Kim\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20 Sodium Solid-state Batteries 641\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eEdouard Quérel and Ainara Aguadero\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 705\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743122993495,"sku":"9783527347094","price":204.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527347094.jpg?v=1720064213"},{"product_id":"molecular-photoswitches-chemistry-properties-and-applications-2-volume-set-9783527347681","title":"Molecular Photoswitches: Chemistry, Properties,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA comprehensive overview about the emerging field of photoswitches and their applications in materials science and biology\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eMolecular Photoswitches\u003c\/i\u003e guides the reader through the basic molecular structures of photochromic compounds and their applications in the area of photoresponsive materials as well as in the biological context. The initial chapters describe individual classes of molecular photoswitches, introducing their principles of photochromism, typical switching wavelengths, thermal stability of photoisomers and other key information, which is ordinarily spread in the literature. These classes comprise i.a. azobenzenes, diazocines, arylazoheterocycles, arylhydrazones, indigoids, photochromic imines, or acylhydrazones. The book also covers:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatalysis with molecular switches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications in photochromic porous materials, liquid crystals, or nanoparticles \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-responsive molecular machines, logic devices, and molecular magnets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhotomodulation of biological systems: photoswitchable biopolymers, lightmodulated antibiotics, cytotoxins, ion channel inhibitors, light-propelled artificial muscles, and computationally designed photochromic proteins \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis two-volume work is a valuable guide for researchers and non-experts working in the field of photochemistry, organic chemistry, catalysis, materials science, biology, and medicine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEditorial Introduction\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e SECTION I. Chemical Classes of Molecular Photoswitches\u003cbr\u003e Azobenzenes: The Quest for Visible Light Triggering\u003cbr\u003e Diazocines -\u003cbr\u003e Bridged Azobenzenes with Unusual Properties\u003cbr\u003e Arylazoheterocycles\u003cbr\u003e Arylhydrazones\u003cbr\u003e Spiropyrans -\u003cbr\u003e Molecular with Multiple Facets\u003cbr\u003e Diarylethenes -\u003cbr\u003e Molecules with Good Memory\u003cbr\u003e Fulgides and Fulgimides\u003cbr\u003e Stilbenes and Molecular Machines\u003cbr\u003e Overcrowded Alkenes and Chirochromism\u003cbr\u003e Indigoids\u003cbr\u003e Donor-Acceptor Stenhouse Adducts\u003cbr\u003e Photochromic Imines\u003cbr\u003e Acylhydrazones\u003cbr\u003e Norbornadiene\/Quadricyclane (NBD\/QC) and Conversion of Solar Energy\u003cbr\u003e Dihydroazulene\/Vinylheptafulvene (DHA\/VHF) and Molecular Electronics\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e SECTION II. Applications of Molecular Photoswitches for Materials Sciences\u003cbr\u003e Switchable Molecular Magnets\u003cbr\u003e Superresolution Microscopy with Photoswitchable Fluorophores\u003cbr\u003e Catalysis with Molecular Switches\u003cbr\u003e Molecular Switches in Confined Spaces and on Nanoparticles\u003cbr\u003e Switchable Soft Materials\u003cbr\u003e Making and Breaking Bonds with Light in Crystals\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e SECTION III. Photomodulation of Biological Systems\u003cbr\u003e Photopharmacology\u003cbr\u003e Restoring Vision -\u003cbr\u003e Ion Channels and Switches\u003cbr\u003e Photochromic Oligonucleotides\u003cbr\u003e Photochromic Peptides and Proteins\u003cbr\u003e Photochromic Lipids\u003cbr\u003e Computational Design of Photochromic Proteins\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743123452247,"sku":"9783527347681","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"graphdiyne-fundamentals-and-applications-in-renewable-energy-and-electronics-9783527347872","title":"Graphdiyne: Fundamentals and Applications in","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eGraphdiyne\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDiscover the most cutting-edge developments in the study of graphdiyne from a pioneer of the field\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eGraphdiyne: Fundamentals and Applications in Renewable Energy and Electronics,\u003c\/i\u003e accomplished chemist Dr. Yuliang Li delivers a practical and insightful compilation of theoretical and experimental developments in the study of graphdiyne. Of interest to both academics and industrial researchers in the fields of nanoscience, organic chemistry, carbon science, and renewable energies, the book systematically summarizes recent research into the exciting new material. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiscover information about the properties of graphdiyne through theoretical simulations and experimental characterizations, as well as the development of graphdiyne with appropriate preparation technology. Learn to create new graphdiyne-based materials and better understand its intrinsic properties. Find out about synthetic methodologies, the controlled growth of aggregated state structures, and structural characterization. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn addition to demonstrating the interdisciplinary potential and relevance of graphdiyne, the book also offers readers: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to basic structure and band gap engineering, including molecular and electronic structure, mechanical properties, and the layers structure of bulk graphdiyne\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplorations of Graphdiyne synthesis and characterization, including films, nanotube arrays and nanowires, nanowalls, and nanosheets, as well as characterization methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscussions of the functionalization of graphdiyne, including heteroatom doping, metal decoration, and absorption of guest molecules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRigorous treatments of Graphdiyne-based materials in catalytic applications, including photo- and electrocatalysts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for organic chemists, electronics engineers, materials scientists, and physicists, \u003ci\u003eGraphdiyne: Fundamentals and Applications in Renewable Energy and Electronics\u003c\/i\u003e will also find its place on the bookshelves of surface and solid-state chemists, electrochemists, and catalytic chemists seeking a one-stop reference on this rising-star carbon material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYongjun Li and Yuliang Li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The Development of Carbon Materials 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Models and Nomenclature 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Brief Introduction of Graphdiyne 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Basic Structure and Band Gap Engineering: Theoretical Study of GDYs \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e13\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eFeng He\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Structures 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Theoretical Prediction and Classification 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Geometric Structures of GDYs 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Electronic Structures 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Dirac Cones in α-, β-, and 6,6,12-Graphynes 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Semiconductor Properties of γ-Graphynes 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Electronic Structures Comparison of GDYs 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Structure and Size-Based Electronic Properties 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Strain-Dependent Electronic Properties 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Mechanical Properties 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Mechanical Properties of GDYs 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Mechanical Properties of γ-Graphyne 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Mechanical Properties of γ-Graphdiyne 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Mechanical Properties of γ-Graphynes Family 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 The Influence Factors on the Mechanical Properties of GDYs 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Layers Structure of Bulk GDYs 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Stacking Modes for Bilayer α-Graphyne 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Stacking Modes for Bilayer γ-Graphyne 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Stacking Modes for Bilayer γ-Graphdiyne 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Identification on the Stacking Structures of GDY 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Band Gap Engineering of GDYs 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Influences of Nonmetal Doping 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Influences of Chemical Modification and Functionalization 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Tunable Band Gap Under Strain 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Graphyne Nanoribbons under Strain or Electric Field 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 GDY Synthesis and Characterization \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e79\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYingjie Zhao, Qingyan Pan, and Hui Liu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Synthesis 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Basic Chemistry 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Cu-Surface-Mediated Synthesis 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Template Synthesis 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.4 Interfacial Synthesis 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.5 Vapor–Liquid–Solid (VLS) Growth 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.6 Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Growth 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.7 Explosion Approach 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Characterization 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Raman Spectroscopy 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy (XAS) 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Microscope Technology 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 X-ray Diffraction (XRD) Technique 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6 Others 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Summary 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Functionalization of GDYs \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e125\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChangshui Huang and Ning Wang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Heteroatom Doping 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Nitrogen and Phosphor Doping 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Halogen Doping 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Sulfur, Boron, Hydrogen, and Other Nonmetal Heteroatoms 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Dual Heteroatom Doping 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Metal Decoration 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Metal Atomic Decoration 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Metallic Compounds 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Absorption of Guest Molecules 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Graphdiyne-Based Materials in Catalytic Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e165\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYurui Xue and Yuliang Li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Graphdiyne-Based Zero-Valent Metal Atomic Catalysts 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Synthetic Strategy for GDY-Based ACs 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Adsorption Geometry and Electronic Structures of GDY-Based ACs 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Morphology and Valence States of GDY-Based ACs 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Application of GDY-Based ACs 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.1 Applied for Water Splitting 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.2 Applied for Ammonia Synthesis at Ambient Conditions 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.3 Applied for Oxygen Reduction Reaction 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4.4 Applied for Organic Reactions 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 GDY-Based Heterojunction Catalysts 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Hydrogen Evolution Reaction on GDY-Based Heteros 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Oxygen Evolution Reaction on GDY-Based Heterojunction 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Photo-\/Photoelectrocatalytic Oxygen Evolution Reaction 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Applied for Overall Water Splitting 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Applied for Other Catalysis 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Graphdiyne-Based Metal-Free Catalysts 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Applied for Water Splitting 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Applied for Oxygen Reduction Reactions 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Applied for Photocatalysis 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Graphdiyne-Based Materials in Rechargeable Batteries Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e221\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZicheng Zuo and Yuliang Li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Lithium-Ion Battery Anodes 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Graphdiyne Derivatives for LIB Anodes 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Sodium Ion Battery Anodes 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Electrochemical Interface 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Function of Interface 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Protection for LIBs Anodes 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Protection for LIB Cathodes 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Lithium–Sulfur Battery 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Lithium Metal Anodes 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Supercapacitor Electrodes 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Fuel Cells 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Graphdiyne-Based Materials in Solar Cells Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e287\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTonggang Jiu and Chengjie Zhao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Perovskite Solar Cells 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Graphdiyne-Based Materials in Interfacial Layers 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Graphdiyne-Based Materials in Active Layers 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Organic Solar Cells 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Others 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Quantum Dots Solar Cells 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Future Perspectives 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Graphdiyne: Electronics, Thermoelectrics, and Magnetism Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e315\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJialiang Xu and Xiaodong Qian\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Electronic Devices 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Optic Devices 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Thermoelectric Materials 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Magnetism 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Graphdiyne-Based Materials in Sensors and Separation Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e341\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYanbing Guo, Chuanqi Pan, and Yuhua Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Sensors 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Biomolecules Sensor 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1.1 DNA Detection 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1.2 RNA and Amino Acids Detection 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Small-Molecule Detection Sensor 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2.1 Gas Sensor 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2.2 Humidity Detection 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2.3 Hydrogen Peroxide Detection 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2.4 Glucose Detection 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Other Sensors 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Separation 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Gas Separation 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.1 Hydrogen Separation 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.2 Oxygen Separation 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.3 Carbon Dioxide Separation 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.4 Helium Separation 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Oil\/Water Separation 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Conclusion and Perspective 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Perspectives \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e367\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYuliang Li\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Chemical Synthesis Methodology and Aggregate Structures of Graphdiyne 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Controllable Preparation of Highly Ordered Graphdiyne 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Fundamental Physical Properties and Applications of Graphdiyne 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 373\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743123485015,"sku":"9783527347872","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"in-situ-transmission-electron-microscopy-experiments-design-and-practice-9783527347988","title":"In-Situ Transmission Electron Microscopy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eIn-Situ Transmission Electron Microscopy Experiments\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesign and execute cutting-edge experiments with transmission electron microscopy using this essential guide\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn-situ microscopy is a recently-discovered and rapidly-developing approach to transmission electron microscopy (TEM) that allows for the study of atomic and\/or molecular changes and processes while they are in progress. Experimental specimens are subjected to stimuli that replicate near real-world conditions and \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003etheir effects are observed at a previously unprecedented scale. Though in-situ microscopy is becoming an increasingly important approach to TEM, there are no current texts combining an up-to-date overview of this cutting-edge set of techniques with the experience of in-situ TEM professionals. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eIn-Situ Transmission Electron Microscopy Experiments \u003c\/i\u003emeets this need with a work that synthesizes the collective experience of myriad collaborators. It constitutes a comprehensive guide for planning and performing in-situ TEM measurements, \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eincorporating both fundamental principles and novel techniques. Its combination of technical detail and practical how-to advice makes it an indispensable introduction to this area of research. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eIn-Situ Transmission Electron Microscopy Experiments \u003c\/i\u003ereaders will also find: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoverage of the entire experimental process, from method selection to experiment design to measurement and data analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed treatment of multimodal and correlative microscopy, data processing and machine learning, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscussion of future challenges and opportunities facing this field of research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eIn-Situ Transmission Electron Microscopy Experiments \u003c\/i\u003eis essential for graduate students, post-doctoral fellows, and early career researchers entering the field of in-situ TEM.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Author xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 In-Situ TEM 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 General Scope of the Book 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Why In-Situ TEM 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 TEM: Overview 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Historical Perspective 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Electron–Sample Interactions 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Overview of Modern TEM 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.1 Electron Source or Electron Gun 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.2 Lenses 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.3 Lens Aberrations 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.4 Aberration Correctors 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Data Acquisition Systems 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.1 Types of Detectors 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 TEM\/STEM-Based Characterization Techniques 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Diffraction 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 TEM Imaging Modes 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Stem 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4 Analytical TEM 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.1 Chemical Analysis 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.2 Eftem 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.4.3 Spectrum Imaging (SI) 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Other Techniques 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1 Lorentz Microscopy 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2 Holography 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2.1 In-Line Holography 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2.2 Off-Axis Holography 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.3 UEM and DTEM 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Introduction to Different Stimuli Used for In-Situ TEM 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1 Heating (Chapter 3) 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2 Cooling (Cryo TEM – Chapter 4) 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.3 Interactions with Liquid\/Electrochemistry (Chapter 6) 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.4 Interaction with Gas Environment\/Catalysis (Chapter 7) 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.5 Other Stimuli Not Included in this Book 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.5.1 Mechanical Testing 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.5.2 Ion Radiation\/Implantation 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.5.3 Biasing 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.5.4 Magnetization 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Potential Limitations and Cautions 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 Take-Home Messages 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Experiment Design Philosophy 41\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 General 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Choice of Technique and the Microscope 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Stimulus and Technique Selection 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Microscope Selection 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.1 Operating Voltage 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.2 TEM\/STEM and Pole-Piece Gap 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.3 Image Acquisition System and Detectors 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Development or Modification of New Tool 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 TEM Holder Design and Selection 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Specimen Design and Preparation 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Direct Dispersion on a TEM Grid 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Sintering Pallets 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Ultramicrotomy 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Electropolishing 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Mechanical and Ion Milling 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6 Focused Ion Beam (FIB) 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.7 Tripod Polishing 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.8 Cryo Sample Preparation 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Guidelines for Experimental Setup 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Electron Beam Effects 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Choice of TEM Grid and Support Material 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2.1 Reactivity of Sample with Grid and\/or Support Material 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2.2 Reactivity of TEM Grids Upon Heating 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2.3 Reactivity of TEM Grids in Gaseous Environment 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2.4 Reactivity of Liquids with the Windows 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2.5 Reactivity of Gases\/Liquids with the TEM Holder Parts 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Purity of Gases 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Liquid Cell Experiments 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 Experiments Using Other Stimuli 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Practical Example of Designing In-Situ TEM Experiment 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Growth of GaN Nanowires Using ETEM 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Applications of Quantitative Data 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.1 Physical and Materials Science 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.2 Catalysis 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Review 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 In-Situ Heating 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 History 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Currently Available Heating Holders 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Direct Heating Holder 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Indirect Heating Holders 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.1 Furnace Heating Holders 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2.2 MEMS-Based Heating Holders 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Experimental Considerations 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 General 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Electron Beam 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Sample Temperature at Nanoscale 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Specimen Design and Selection 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Thermal Drift 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Select Applications 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Dislocation Motion 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Nucleation, Precipitation, and Crystallization 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Sintering 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Thermal Stability of Materials 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4.1 Alloys 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4.2 Core–Shell Structures 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4.3 2-D Materials 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Phase Transformation 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Materials Synthesis 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Limitations and Possibilities 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Chapter Summary 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 In-Situ Cryo-TEM 115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Historical Perspective 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Specimen Holder Design and Function 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Specimen Design and Preparation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Practical Aspects of Performing Cryogenic Cooling 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Some Noteworthy Applications 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Mitigating Radiation Damage 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.1 Structure of Polymers 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.2 Structure of MOF and Zeolites 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.3 Cryo-TEM for Energy Materials 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.4 Reactions in Liquids 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.5 Quantum and 2-D Materials 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Phase Transformations Below RT 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Correlative In-Situ Experiments at Low Temperature 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.1 Mechanical Testing 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3.2 Magnetic Field 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Benefits and Limitations 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Chapter Summary 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Designing Liquid and Gas Cell Holders 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Historical Perspective 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Design Philosophy 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Windows 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Image Resolution: Thickness and Material Properties of the Windows 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Strength and Flexibility 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Tolerance for the Pressure Difference 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Inert or Corrosion Resistant 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Microfabricated Window Cell (Microchips) 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Static Cells 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Flow Cells 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Incorporation of Other Stimuli 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Monolithic Microchips 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Examples of Modified Window Holders 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Redesigning the Microchips for Commercial Holder 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Modified Window Microchips and TEM Holder Combination 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Non-window Cell Holder to Incorporate Other Stimuli 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Take Home Message 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 In-Situ Solid–Liquid Interactions 173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Historical Perspective 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Holder Design and Selection 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Closed Cells 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.1 Graphene Cells 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.2 Microfabricated Window Cell 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Limitations of Closed Cells and Need for External Stimuli 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Flow Reactors: Microfluidic Design 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Electrochemical Cell: Biasing 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Heating in Liquids 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Specimen Design and Preparation 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Data Acquisition 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Practical Challenges 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Sample Loading 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Electron Beam Effects 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Windows Bulging 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 Interaction of Sample with Windows 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Select Examples of Applications 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 Nucleation and Growth of Nanoparticles 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 Corrosion\/Oxidation 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.3 Galvanic Replacement Reactions 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.4 Growth of Core–Shell Nanoparticles 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.5 Soft Nanomaterials Analyzed by In-Situ Liquid TEM 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.6 Quantitative Electrochemical Measurements 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.7 Battery Research 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.7.1 Open Cell 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.7.2 Closed Liquid Cell 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Limitations 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Take-Home Messages 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 In-Situ Gas–Solid Interactions 215\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Historical Perspective 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Current Strategies 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Window Holders 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.1 Incorporation of Other Stimuli 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.2 Specimen Design and Preparation 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.3 Practical Challenges for Gas-Cell Holders 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.4 Review of Benefits and Limitations of Gas-Cell Holders 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Environmental Microscopes (Open Cell) 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.1 ETEM Combined with Gas Injection Sample Holder 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.2 Differentially Pumped TEM 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Gas Manifold Design and Construction 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Practical Aspects of Performing Experiments in Gas Environment 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Electron Beam Effects 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Gas Pressure and Resolution 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Sample Temperature and Cell Pressure 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Anticontamination Device 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Select Examples of Applications 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Effect of Gas Environment on Catalyst Nanoparticles 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Carbon Nanotube (CNT) Growth 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Nanowire Growth 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Electron-Beam-Induced Deposition 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 REDOX Reactions 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.6 Gas Adsorption Sites 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Review of Benefits and Limitations 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Take-Home Messages 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Multimodal and Correlative Microscopy 255\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Multimodal TEM 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Parallel Ion Electron Spectrometry (PIES) 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Hybrid Microscope 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 Alternatives to Free Space Approach 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.4 Introducing Light for Other Applications 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.4.1 Through Sample Chamber Port 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.4.2 Through Sample Holder 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.5 Laser Alignment 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Correlative Approaches 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 TEM and SEM 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Electron and X-ray Microscopies and Spectroscopies 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Portable Reactor for Various Platforms 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Independent Correlative Measurements 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Take Home Messages 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Data Processing and Machine Learning 285\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 History of Image Simulation and Processing 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Image Simulations 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Image Processing 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Current Status 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Progress for Image Simulations 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Progress in Data (Image) Processing 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Data Management 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Data Processing and Machine Learning (ML) 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 What Is Machine Learning? 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1.1 Unsupervised ml 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1.2 Supervised ml 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Motivation 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Current Status 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Select Applications 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Noise Reduction 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Structure Determination 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2.1 Diffraction Pattern Analysis 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2.2 Image Analysis 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2.3 Atomic Column Heights (3-D Structure) 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2.4 Other Applications 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Future Needs 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Limitations 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Take Home Messages 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Future Vision 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Historical Aspect 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Current Status 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Etem 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 UEM and DTEM 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Stroboscopic TEM 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4 Pies 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Technical Challenges 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 List of Major Workshops 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Open Challenges and Technical Roadmaps 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2.1 Specific for Battery Research 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2.2 Specific for Liquid-Cell TEM 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2.3 Specific for Catalysis 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2.4 Specific for Quantum Materials 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Developing Relevant Strategies 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Modifying Base TEM\/STEM Unit 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 TEM Holders with Multiple Stimuli 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Automation and Autonomous Operation 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.1 Automation 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3.2 Autonomous Experiments 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Take Home Messages 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 349\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743123648855,"sku":"9783527347988","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"transition-metal-catalyzed-carbene-transformations-9783527347995","title":"Transition Metal-Catalyzed Carbene","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePresents an up-to-date overview of the rapidly growing field of carbene transformations\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003eCarbene transformations have had an enormous impact on catalysis and organometallic chemistry. With the growth of transition metal-catalyzed carbene transformations in recent decades, carbene transformations are today an important compound class in organic synthesis as well as in the pharmaceutical and agrochemical industries. Edited by leading experts in the field, \u003ci\u003eTransition Metal-Catalyzed Carbene Transformations\u003c\/i\u003e is a thorough summary of the most recent advances in the rapidly expanding research area.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis authoritative volume  covers different reaction types such as ring forming reactions and rearrangement reactions, details their conditions and properties, and provides readers with accurate information on a wide range of carbene reactions. Twelve in-depth chapters address topics including carbene C-H bond insertion in alkane functionalization, the application of engineered enzymes in asymmetric carbene transfer, progress in transition-metal-catalyzed cross-coupling using carbene precursors, and more. Throughout the text, the authors highlight novel catalytic systems, transformations, and applications of transition-metal-catalyzed carbene transfer. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlights the dynamic nature of the field of transition-metal-catalyzed carbene transformations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSummarizes the catalytic radical approach for selective carbene cyclopropanation, high enantioselectivity in X-H insertions, and bio-inspired carbene transformations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduces chiral N,N'-dioxide and chiral guanidine-based catalysts and different transformations with gold catalysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses approaches in cycloaddition reactions with metal carbenes and polymerization with carbene transformations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutlines multicomponent reactions through gem-difunctionalization and transition-metal-catalyzed cross-coupling using carbene precursors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eTransition Metal-Catalyzed Carbene Transformations\u003c\/i\u003e is essential reading for all chemists involved in organometallics, including organic and inorganic chemists, catalytic chemists, and chemists working in industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Alkane Functionalization by Metal-Catalyzed Carbene Insertion from Diazo Reagents 1\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMaría Álvarez, Ana Caballero, and Pedro J. Pérez\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Chemo- and Regioselectivity 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Definitions 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Catalysts 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Chemoselectivity 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Regioselectivity 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Enantioselectivity 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Methane and Gaseous Alkanes as Substrates 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Alkane Nucleophilicity Scale 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Conclusions and Outlook 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Catalytic Radical Approach for Selective Carbene Transfers via Cobalt(II)-Based Metalloradical Catalysis 25\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiaoxu Wang and X. Peter Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Intermolecular Radical Cyclopropanation of Alkenes 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Cyclopropanation with Acceptor-Substituted Diazo Compounds 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Cyclopropanation with Acceptor\/Acceptor-Substituted Diazo Compounds 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Cyclopropanation with Donor-Substituted Diazo Compounds 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Intramolecular Radical Cyclopropanation of Alkenes 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Intermolecular Radical Cyclopropenation of Alkynes 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Intramolecular Radical Alkylation of C(sp\u003csup\u003e3\u003c\/sup\u003e)–H Bonds 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Intramolecular C–H Alkylation with Acceptor\/Acceptor-Substituted Diazo Compounds 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Intramolecular C−H Alkylation with Donor-Substituted Diazo Compounds 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Other Catalytic Radical Processes for Carbene Transfers 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Summary and Outlook 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Catalytic Enantioselective Carbene Insertions into Heteroatom–Hydrogen Bonds 67\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMing-Yao Huang, Shou-Fei Zhu, and Qi-Lin Zhou\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 N—H Bond Insertion Reactions 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Chiral Metal Catalysts 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.1 Chiral Cu Catalysts 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.2 Chiral Pd Catalysts 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.3 Other Chiral Metal Catalysts 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.4 Enzymes 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.5 Chiral Proton-Transfer Shuttle Catalysts 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.6 Chiral Phosphoric Acids as CPTS Catalysts 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.7 Chiral Amino Thioureas as CPTS Catalysts 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 O—H Bond Insertion Reactions 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Chiral Metal Catalysts 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.1 Chiral Cu Catalysts 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.2 Chiral Fe Catalysts 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.3 Chiral Pd Catalysts 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.4 Chiral Au Catalysts 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.5 Chiral Bases as CPTS Catalysts 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.6 Chiral Phosphoric Acids as CPTS Catalysts 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 S—H Bond Insertion Reactions 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Chiral Metal Catalysts 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 CPTS Catalysts 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Enzymes 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 F—H Bond Insertion Reactions 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Si—H Bond Insertion Reactions 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Chiral Rh Catalysts 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Chiral Cu Catalysts 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 Other Chiral Metal Catalysts 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.4 Enzymes 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 B—H Bond Insertion Reactions 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Chiral Cu Catalysts 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 Chiral Rhodium Catalysts 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3 Enzymes 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Summary and Outlook 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Engineering Enzymes for New-to-Nature Carbene Chemistry 95\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSoumitra V. Athavale, Kai Chen, and Frances H. Arnold\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction: Biology Inspires Chemistry Inspires Biology 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 P411-Catalyzed Cyclopropanation 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The Workflow of Directed Evolution 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Expanding Cyclopropanation with Diverse Hemeprotein Carbene Transferases 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 C–H Functionalization with Carbene Transferases 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Biocatalytic Carbene X–H Insertion 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Carbene Transfer Reactions with Artificial Metalloproteins 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Structural Studies of Carbene Intermediates in Heme Proteins 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Summary 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Metal Carbene Cycloaddition Reactions 139\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKostiantyn O. Marichev, Haifeng Zheng, and Michael P. Doyle\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 [3+1]-Cycloaddition 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 [3+2]-Cycloaddition 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 [3+2]-Cycloaddition with Imines and Indoles 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 [3+2]-Cycloaddition with Polarized Alkenes 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 [3+2]-Cycloaddition with Nitrones 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Divergent Behavior of Catalysts 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 [3+3]-Cycloaddition of Enoldiazo Compounds 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 [3+3]-Cycloaddition with Nitrones 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 [3+3]-Cycloaddition with Pyridinium Ylides and Hydrazones 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Diastereoselective [3+3]-Cycloaddition with Achiral Catalysts 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 [3+3]-Cycloaddition with Diaziridines 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 [3+3]-Cycloaddition with Donor–Acceptor Cyclopropanes and Oxiranes 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 [3+4]-Cycloaddition 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 [3+5]-Cycloaddition 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Summary 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Metal-Catalyzed Decarbenations by Retro-Cyclopropanation 169\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMauro Mato and Antonio M. Echavarren\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Reactivity and Generation of Metal Carbenes 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Decomposition of Diazo Compounds 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Alternative Methods for the Generation of Metal Carbenes 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Decarbenation Reactions: General Process and Definition 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Retro-Cyclopropanation Reactions: A Historical Walkthrough 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Early Observations 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Decarbenation Reactions from Gas Phase to Solution 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 The Discovery of the Gold(I)-Catalyzed Retro-Buchner Reaction 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Metal-Catalyzed Aromative-Decarbenation Reactions: A Mechanistic Analysis 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Basic Mechanistic Picture 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Alternative Generation of the Same Carbenes from Carbenoids 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Theoretical Studies on the Mechanism of the Retro-Buchner Reaction 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Second-Generation Cycloheptatrienes: Low Temperature and Other Metals 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 Mechanism of the Rh(II)-Catalyzed Aromative Decarbenation 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Synthetic Methodologies and Applications 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Cyclopropanation Reactions 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1.1 Aryl Cyclopropanations 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1.2 Alkenyl Cyclopropanations 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1.3 Reactions with Furans 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Higher Formal Cycloadditions 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2.1 (4+1) Cycloadditions 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2.2 (3+2) Cycloadditions 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2.3 (4+3) Cycloadditions 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Intramolecular Friedel–Crafts Reactivity 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 Insertion Reactions 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4.1 C–H Insertion 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4.2 Si–H Insertion 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.5 Oxidation Reactions 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.6 Alternative Precursors 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.7 Decarbenations Based on the Release of Alkenes 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 General Outlook and Concluding Remarks 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Gold-Catalyzed Oxidation of Alkynes by N-Oxides or Sulfoxides 199\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKaylaa Gutman, Tianyou Li, and Liming Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction: Gold-Activated Alkynes Attacked by Nucleophilic Oxidants 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Sulfoxides as Nucleophilic Oxidants 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 N-Oxides as Nucleophilic Oxidants 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Reactions of Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates with Oxygen-Based Nucleophiles 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Reactions of Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates with Nitrogen-Based Nucleophiles 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Reactions of Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates with Other Heteronucleophiles 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Friedel–Crafts Reactions of Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates with Arenes 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Reactions of Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates with Alkenes 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 Reactions of Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates with C—C Triple Bonds 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.7 1,2-C–C and 1,2-C–H Insertions of Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.8 Remote C(sp\u003csup\u003e3\u003c\/sup\u003e)–H Functionalizations by Carbene\/Carbenoid Intermediates 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Conclusion 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Transition-Metal-Catalyzed Carbene Transformations for Polymer Syntheses 243\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eEiji Ihara and Hiroaki Shimomoto\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Transition-Metal-Catalyzed C1 Polymerization of Diazoacetates 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 PdCl\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e -Initiated Polymerization 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 (NHC)Pd(nq)\/Borate-Initiated Polymerization 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 π-AllylPdCl-Based System-Initiated Polymerization 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 (nq)\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e Pd\/Borate- and (cod)PdCl(Cl-nq)\/Borate-Initiated Polymerization 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Preparation of Polymers with Densely Packed Functional Groups Around Polymer Main Chain 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5.1 Hydroxy Group-Containing Polymers 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5.2 Oligo(oxyethylene)-Containing Polymers 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5.3 Pyrene-Containing Polymers 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5.4 Fluoroalkyl and Fluoroaryl Group-Containing Polymers 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Polycondensation of Bis(diazocarbonyl) Compounds 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Three-Component Polycondensation of Bis(diazocarbonyl) Compound, Diol, and THF 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Three-Component Polycondensation of Bis(diazocarbonyl) Compound, Dicarboxylic Acid, and THF 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Three-Component Polycondensation of Bis(diazocarbonyl) Compound, Enol-form of 1,3-Diketone, and THF 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Two-Component Polycondensation of Bis(diazocarbonyl) Compound with Aromatic Diamine 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Single-Component Polycondensation of Bis(diazocarbonyl) Compound to Afford Unsaturated Polyesters 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.6 Single-Component Polycondensation of Bis(diazocarbonyl) Compound to Afford Poly(arylene vinylene)s (PAV) 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Concluding Remarks 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Metal-Catalyzed Quinoid Carbene (QC) Transfer Reactions 269\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHai-Xu Wang, Vanessa K.-Y. Lo, and Chi-Ming Che\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Metal–Quinoid Carbene (QC) Complexes and Stoichiometric Reactivity 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Metal-Catalyzed QC Transfer Reactions 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Cyclopropanation Reactions 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 C(sp\u003csup\u003e2\u003c\/sup\u003e)–H Insertion Reactions 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 C(sp\u003csup\u003e3\u003c\/sup\u003e)–H Insertion Reactions 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Nucleophilic Addition and Miscellaneous Reactions 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Conclusion 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Asymmetric Rearrangement and Insertion Reactions with Metal–Carbenoids Promoted by Chiral N,N ′ -Dioxide or Guanidine-Based Catalysts 299\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiaobin Lin, Xiaohua Liu, and Xiaoming Feng\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 The Introduction of Chiral N,N′ -Dioxide\/Metal Complexes and Guanidine Catalysts 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Chiral N,N′ -Dioxide\/Metal Complexes-Catalyzed Rearrangement Reactions 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Chiral Guanidine-Based Catalyst-Mediated Asymmetric Carbene Insertion Reactions 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Conclusion and Outlook 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Multi-Component Reaction via gem-Difunctionalization of Metal Carbene 325\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMengchu Zhang, Xinfang Xu, and Wenhao Hu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Mannich-Type Interception 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Interception of Ammonium Ylide 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Interception of Oxonium Ylide 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Interception of Zwitterionic Intermediate 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Aldol-Type Interception 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Interception of Ammonium Ylide 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Interception of Oxonium Ylide 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Interception of Zwitterionic Intermediate 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Michael-Type Interception 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Interception of Ammonium Ylide 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Interception of Oxonium Ylide 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Interception of Zwitterionic Intermediate 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Miscellaneous Transformations 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Interception Other Types of Active Intermediates 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Interception of Active Intermediates with Other Electrophiles 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Applications in Cascade Reactions 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Synthetic Applications 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.1 Synthesis and Modification of Natural Products 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.2 Synthesis of Bioactive Molecules 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Conclusion 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Transition-Metal-Catalyzed Cross-Coupling with Carbene Precursors 371\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKang Wang and Jianbo Wang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Palladium-Catalyzed Carbene Cross-Coupling Reactions 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Diazo Compounds as Carbene Precursors 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1.1 Reactions with Electrophiles 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1.2 Reactions with Nucleophiles 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1.3 Palladium-Catalyzed Cascade Cross-Coupling Reactions 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 N-Tosylhydrazones as Carbene Precursors 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2.1 Reactions with Electrophiles 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2.2 Reactions with Nucleophiles 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2.3 Palladium-Catalyzed Cascade Cross-Coupling Reactions 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Non-Diazo Compounds as Carbene Precursors 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Copper-Catalyzed Carbene Cross-Coupling Reactions 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Reactions with Terminal Alkynes 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1.1 Multi-substituted Allenes as the Coupling Products 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1.2 Internal Alkynes as the Coupling Products 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Reactions with Other Coupling Partners 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Rhodium-Catalyzed Carbene Cross-Coupling Reactions 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Generating Organorhodium Species Through Transmetalation 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Generating Organorhodium Species Through C—C Bond Cleavage 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Transition-Metal-Catalyzed C—H Bond Functionalizations with Carbene Precursors 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Non-Directing-Group-Assisted C—H Functionalizations 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Directing-Group-Assisted C—H Bond Functionalizations 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2.1 Generating Acyclic Products Through C—H Bond Activation 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2.2 Generating Cyclic Products Through C—H Bond Activation 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Conclusion Remarks 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 401\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743123779927,"sku":"9783527347995","price":117.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527347995.jpg?v=1720064215"},{"product_id":"rechargeable-ion-batteries-materials-design-and-applications-of-li-ion-cells-and-beyond-9783527350186","title":"Rechargeable Ion Batteries: Materials, Design,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eRechargeable Ion Batteries\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHighly informative and comprehensive resource providing knowledge on underlying concepts, materials, ongoing developments and the many applications of ion-based batteries\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRechargeable Ion Batteries\u003c\/i\u003e explores the concepts and the design of rechargeable ion batteries, including their materials chemistries, applications, stability, and novel developments. Focus is given on state-of-the-art Li-based batteries used for portable electronics and electric vehicles, while other emerging ion-battery technologies are also introduced. The text addresses innovative approaches by reviewing nanostructured anodes and cathodes that pave new ways for enhancing the electrochemical performance. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe first three chapters are dedicated to the general concepts of electrochemical cells, enabling readers to understand all necessary concepts for batteries from a single book. The following chapter covers the exciting applications of lithium-ion and sodium-ion batteries, while the subsequent chapters on Li-battery components include new types of anodes, cathodes, and electrolytes that have been developed recently, complemented by an overview of designing mechanically stable ion-battery systems. The last three chapters summarize recent progress in lithium-sulfur, sodium-ion, magnesium-ion and zinc and emerging ion-battery technologies.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eRechargeable Ion Batteries\u003c\/i\u003e, readers can expect to find specific information on: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrochemical cells, primary batteries, secondary batteries, recycling of batteries, applications of lithium and sodium batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNext-generation cathodes, anodes and electrolytes for secondary lithium-ion batteries, which allow for improved performance and safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiphysics modeling for predicting design criteria for next generation ion-insertion electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelopments in lithium-sulfur batteries, sodium-ion batteries, and future ion-battery technologies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRechargeable Ion Batteries\u003c\/i\u003e provides informative and comprehensive coverage of the subject to interested researchers, academics, and professionals in various fields, including materials science, electrochemistry, physical chemistry, mechanics, engineering, recycling and industry including the battery manufacturers and supply chain ancillaries, automotive, aerospace, and marine sectors, energy storage installers and environmental stakeholders. Readers can easily acquire a base of knowledge on the subject while understanding future developments in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS\u003cbr\u003e 1.1 What are Batteries?\u003cbr\u003e 1.2 Quantities Characterizing Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 1.3 Primary and Secondary Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 1.4 Battery Market\u003cbr\u003e 1.5 Recycling and Safety Issues\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 2 MATERIALS FOR AND CHEMISTRY OF PRIMARY BATTERIES\u003cbr\u003e 2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 2.2 The Early Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 2.3 The Zinc\/Carbon Cell\u003cbr\u003e 2.4 Alkaline Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 2.4.1 Electrochemical Reactions\u003cbr\u003e 2.5 Button Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 2.6 Li Primary Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 2.7 Oxyride Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 2.8 Damage in Primary Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 2.9 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 3 MATERIALS FOR AND CHEMISTRY OF SECONDARY BATTERIES\u003cbr\u003e 3.1 The Lead-Acid Battery\u003cbr\u003e 3.2 The Nickel-Cadmium Battery\u003cbr\u003e 3.3 Nickel-Metal Hydride (Ni-MH) Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 3.4 Secondary Alkaline Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 3.5 Secondary Lithium Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 3.6 Lithium-Sulfur Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 3.7 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 4 APPLICATIONS OF SECONDARY LI BATTERIES\u003cbr\u003e 4.1 Portable Electronic Devices\u003cbr\u003e 4.2 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles\u003cbr\u003e 4.3 Medical Applications\u003cbr\u003e 4.4 Application of Secondary Li Ion Battery Systems in Vehicle Technology\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 5 NEXT GENERATION CATHODES FOR SECONDARY LI-ION BATTTERIES \u003cbr\u003e 5.1 Energy Density and Thermodynamics \u003cbr\u003e 5.2 Materials Chemistry and Engineering of Voltage Plateau \u003cbr\u003e 5.3 Multitransition Metal Oxide Engineering for Capacity and Stability \u003cbr\u003e 5.4 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 6 NEXT-GENERATION ANODES FOR SECONDARY LI-ION BATTERIES \u003cbr\u003e 6.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 6.2 Chemical Attack by the Electrolyte \u003cbr\u003e 6.3 Mechanical Instabilities during Electrochemical Cycling \u003cbr\u003e 6.4 Nanostructured Anodes \u003cbr\u003e 6.5 Thin Film Anodes \u003cbr\u003e 6.6 Nanofiber\/Nanotube\/Nanowire Anodes \u003cbr\u003e 6.7 Active\/Less Active Nanostructured Anodes \u003cbr\u003e 6.8 Other Anode Materials \u003cbr\u003e 6.9 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 7 NEXT-GENERATION ELECTROLYTES FOR LI BATTERIES \u003cbr\u003e 7.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 7.2 Background \u003cbr\u003e 7.3 Preparation and Characterization of Polymer Electrolytes \u003cbr\u003e 7.3.1 Preparation of Polymer Electrolytes \u003cbr\u003e 7.3.2 Characterization of Molten-Salt-Containing Polymer Gel Electrolytes \u003cbr\u003e 7.3.3 Characterization of Organic-Modified MMT-Containing Polymer Composite Electrolytes \u003cbr\u003e 7.3.4 Ion-Exchanged Li-MMT-Containing Polymer Composite Electrolytes \u003cbr\u003e 7.3.5 Mesoporous Silicate (MCM-41)-Containing Polymer Composite Electrolytes \u003cbr\u003e 7.4 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 8 DESIGNING MECHANICALLY STABLE ION-BATTERY SYSTEMS \u003cbr\u003e 8.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 8.2 Mechanics Considerations During Battery Life \u003cbr\u003e 8.3 Modeling Elasticity and Fracture During Electrochemical Cycling \u003cbr\u003e 8.4 Multiscale Phenomena and Considerations in Modeling \u003cbr\u003e 8.5 Particle Models of Coupled Diffusion and Stress Generation \u003cbr\u003e 8.6 Diffusional Processes During Cycling \u003cbr\u003e 8.7 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 9 DEVELOPMENTS IN LI-S BATTERIES\u003cbr\u003e 9.1 Introduction to Li-S Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 9.2 Electrochemical Principles\u003cbr\u003e 9.3 Sulfur Utilisation and Cycle Life\u003cbr\u003e 9.4 Potential Solutions to Outstanding Problems\u003cbr\u003e 9.5 Carbon Materials\u003cbr\u003e 9.6 Metal Oxide-Sulfur Composites\u003cbr\u003e 9.7 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e 9.8 Some New Developments\u003cbr\u003e 9.9 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 10 NA-ION BATTERIES\u003cbr\u003e 10.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 10.2 Cathode Materials for Na-ion Batteries \u003cbr\u003e 10.3 Anode Materials for Na-ion Batteries \u003cbr\u003e 10.4 Electrolyte for Na-ion Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 10.5 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 11 NOVEL ION-BATTERY TECHNOLOGIES\u003cbr\u003e 11.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e 11.2 Mn-ion Batteries \u003cbr\u003e 11.3 K-ion Batteries  \u003cbr\u003e 11.4 Other-ion Batteries\u003cbr\u003e 11.5 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743123845463,"sku":"9783527350186","price":123.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527350186.jpg?v=1723812634"},{"product_id":"material-characterization-using-electron-holography-9783527348046","title":"Material Characterization Using Electron","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial Characterization using Electron Holography\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eExploration of a unique technique that offers exciting possibilities to analyze electromagnetic behavior of materials\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eMaterial Characterization using Electron Holography\u003c\/i\u003e addresses how the electromagnetic field can be directly visualized and precisely interpreted based on Maxwell’s equations formulated by special relativity, leading to the understanding of electromagnetic properties of advanced materials and devices. In doing so, it delivers a unique route to imaging materials in higher resolution.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe focus of the book is on in situ observation of electromagnetic fields of diverse functional materials. Furthermore, an extension of electron holographic techniques, such as direct observation of accumulation and collective motions of electrons around the charged insulators, is also explained. This approach enables the reader to develop a deeper understanding of functionalities of advanced materials.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWritten by two highly qualified authors with extensive first-hand experience in the field, \u003ci\u003eMaterial Characterization using Electron Holography\u003c\/i\u003e covers topics such as: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImportance of electromagnetic fields and their visualization, Maxwell’s equations formulated by special relativity, and de Broglie waves and wave functions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutlines of general relativity and Einstein’s equations, principles of electron holography, and related techniques \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimulation of holograms and visualized electromagnetic fields, electric field analysis, and in situ observation of electric fields \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInteraction between electrons and charged specimen surfaces and interpretation of visualization of collective motions of electrons \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor materials scientists, analytical chemists, structural chemists, analytical research institutes, applied physicists, physicists, semiconductor physicists, and libraries looking to be on the cutting edge of methods to analyze electromagnetic behavior of materials, \u003ci\u003eMaterial Characterization using Electron Holography\u003c\/i\u003e offers comprehensive coverage of the subject from authoritative and forward-thinking topical experts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePART I\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e THEORY AND PRINCIPLES\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 1.1 Importance of electromagnetic field and its visualization \u003cbr\u003e 1.2 Maxwell?s equations formulated by special relativity \u003cbr\u003e 1.3 de Broglie waves and wave function \u003cbr\u003e 1.4 Outlines of general relativity and Einstein?s equations \u003cbr\u003e 1.5 Principles of electron holography \u003cbr\u003e 1.6 Related techniques \u003cbr\u003e 1.7 Simulation of holograms and visualized electromagnetic field \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART II\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e  APPLICATION \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 2.1 Electric field analysis \u003cbr\u003e 2.2 In situ observation of electric field \u003cbr\u003e 2.3 Magnetic field analysis \u003cbr\u003e 2.4 In situ observation of magnetic field \u003cbr\u003e 2.5 Control and visualization of collective motions of electrons \u003cbr\u003e 2.6 Interaction between electrons and charged specimen surfaces \u003cbr\u003e 2.7 Interpretation of visualization of collective motions of electrons\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743123976535,"sku":"9783527348046","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"managing-engineering-procurement-construction-and-commissioning-projects-a-chemical-engineers-guide-9783527348367","title":"Managing Engineering, Procurement, Construction,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eManaging Engineering, Procurement, Construction, and Commissioning Projects\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn invaluable real-world guide to managing large-scale and complex Engineering, Procurement, Construction and Commissioning (EPCC) projects\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEngineering, Procurement, Construction and Commissioning (EPCC) infrastructure projects require engineers from several disciplines to adhere to strict budgetary, scheduling, and performance parameters. Chemical engineers involved in EPCC projects are involved primarily in ensuring that the process plant is designed correctly and safely—interacting with the client, contributing to feasibility studies, selecting specific technologies, developing process flow diagrams, and other key tasks. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eManaging Engineering, Procurement, Construction, and Commissioning Projects: A Chemical Engineer’s Guide\u003c\/i\u003e clearly defines the role of a chemical engineer in the EPCC industry and provides detailed and systematic coverage of each phase of an EPCC project. Drawing from their extensive experience in process design, optimization, and analysis, the author identifies and discuss each key task and consideration from a chemical engineer’s perspective. Topics include scope and process planning, construction support, operator training, safety and viability evaluation, and detail engineering. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Provides a structured overview of the various challenges chemical engineers face in each project phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Introduces the essential aspects of the Engineering, Procurement, Construction and Commissioning industry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Describes the roles of chemical process engineers in each phase of EPCC projects and in different EPCC industry positions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Discusses the interaction of process engineers with other disciplines and clients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eManaging Engineering, Procurement, Construction, and Commissioning Projects: A Chemical Engineer’s Guide\u003c\/i\u003e is a must-have resource for chemists in industry, process engineers, chemical Engineers, engineering consultants, and project managers and planners working on EPCC projects across the chemical Industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1 -\u003cbr\u003e Introduction to Engineering, Procurement, Construction and Commissioning (EPCC) Industry \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 2 -\u003cbr\u003e Roles of chemical process engineers in different phases\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 3 -  Scope planning\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 4 -\u003cbr\u003e Process planning\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 5 -  Safety and viability evaluation \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 6 -\u003cbr\u003e Detail Engineering\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 7 -  Construction support\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 8 -\u003cbr\u003e Water batching\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 9 -\u003cbr\u003e Operator Training\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 10 -\u003cbr\u003e Role by process engineer's position in the industry\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 11 -\u003cbr\u003e Interaction of process engineers with other disciplines and client\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e INDEX","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124009303,"sku":"9783527348367","price":59.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527348367.jpg?v=1720064214"},{"product_id":"halide-perovskite-semiconductors-structures-characterization-properties-and-phenomena-9783527348091","title":"Halide Perovskite Semiconductors: Structures,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eHalide Perovskite Semiconductors\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEnables readers to acquire a systematic and in-depth understanding of various fundamental aspects of halide perovskite semiconductors\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eHalide Perovskite Semiconductors: Structures, Characterization, Properties, and Phenomena\u003c\/i\u003e covers the most fundamental topics with regards to halide perovskites, including but not limited to crystal\/defect theory, crystal chemistry, heterogeneity, grain boundaries, single-crystals\/thin-films\/nanocrystals synthesis, photophysics, solid-state ionics, spin physics, chemical (in)stability, carrier dynamics, hot carriers, surface and interfaces, lower-dimensional structures, and structural\/functional characterizations. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded discussions on the fundamentals of halide perovskites aim to expand the basic science fields of physics, chemistry, and materials science. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEdited by two highly qualified researchers, \u003ci\u003eHalide Perovskite Semiconductors\u003c\/i\u003e includes specific information on: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal\/defect theory of halide perovskites, crystal chemistry of halide perovskites, and processing and microstructures of halide perovskites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-crystals of halide perovskites, nanocrystals of halide perovskites, low-dimensional perovskite crystals, and nanoscale heterogeneity of halide perovskites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarrier mobilities and dynamics in halide perovskites, light emission of halide perovskites, photophysics and ultrafast spectroscopy of halide perovskites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot carriers in halide perovskites, correlating photophysics with microstructures in halide perovskites, chemical stability of halide perovskites, and solid-state ionics of halide perovskites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eReaders can find solutions to technological issues and challenges based on the fundamental knowledge gained from this book. As such, \u003ci\u003eHalide Perovskite Semiconductors\u003c\/i\u003e is an essential in-depth treatment of the subject, ideal for solid-state chemists, materials scientists, physical chemists, inorganic chemists, physicists, and semiconductor physicists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to Perovskite 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eTianwei Duan, Iván Mora-Seró, and Yuanyuan Zhou\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Evolution of Perovskite 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Structure of Perovskite 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Property and Application of Perovskite 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Summary and Outlook 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Halide Perovskite Single Crystals 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eClara Aranda-Alonso and Michael Saliba\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Crystal Structure 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Synthesis Methods 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Optoelectronic Properties of Halide Perovskite Single Crystals 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Applications 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Halide Perovskite Nanocrystals 49\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSamrat Das Adhikari, Andrés F. Gualdrón-Reyes, and Iván Mora-Seró\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Methodology 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Quantum Confinement Effect 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Solution-processed Halide Exchange 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Post-synthesis Defect Recovery 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Different Shapes of the Nanocrystals 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Doping in Perovskite Nanocrystals 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Lead-free Perovskite Nanocrystals 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Summary 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Dimensionality Modulation in Halide Perovskites 79\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAkriti, Jee Yung Park, Shuchen Zhang, and Letian Dou\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Classification of Low-Dimensional Perovskites 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Synthesis and Characterization of Morphological Low-Dimensional (ABX3) Halide Perovskites 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Synthesis and Characterization of Molecular Low-Dimensional (Non-ABX3) Halide Perovskites 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Applications of Low-Dimensional Halide Perovskites 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Current Challenges and Prospects of Low-Dimensional Halide\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Halide Double Perovskites 115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eCarina Pareja-Rivera, Dulce Zugasti-Fernández, Paul Olalde-Velasco, and Diego Solis-Ibarra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Definition and Structure 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Properties 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Applications in Solar Cells and LEDs 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Other Applications 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Related Materials: Layered Double Perovskites and Vacancy Ordered Double Perovskites 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusions 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Tin Halide Perovskite Solar Cells 147\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eXianyuan Jiang, Zihao Zang, and Zhijun Ning\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Tin Perovskite Properties 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Perovskite Composition Engineering 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Additives Manipulation 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Device Architecture Engineering 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Conclusion 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Fundamentals and Synthesis Methods of Metal Halide Perovskite Thin Films 165\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMingwei Hao, Tanghao Liu, Yalan Zhang, Tianwei Duan, and Yuanyuan Zhou\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Fundamentals of MHPs Thin Films 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Thin Film Growth Mechanism 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 One-step Growth 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Two-step Growth 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Scalable Growth Methods 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Postdeposition Treatments 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Summary 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 First Principles Atomistic Theory of Halide Perovskites 215\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eLinn Leppert\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction: What I Talk About When I Talk About First Principles Calculations of Halide Perovskites 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Structural Properties 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Optoelectronic Properties 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Concluding Remarks: First Person Singular 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Comparing the Charge Dynamics in MAPbBr3 and MAPbI3 Using Microwave Photoconductance Measurements 251\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eTom J. Savenije, Jiashang Zhao, and Valentina M. Caselli\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Time-Resolved Microwave Conductivity 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Global Modeling of TRMC Data 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 TRMC Measurements on MAPbI3 and MAPbBr3 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 TRMC Measurements on MAPbI3 and MAPbBr3 with Charge Selective\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Hot Carriers in Halide Perovskites 263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJia Wei Melvin Lim, Yue Wang, and Tze Chien Sum\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Hot Carrier Cooling Mechanisms 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Slow Hot Carrier Cooling in Halide Perovskites 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Utilizing Hot Carriers in Halide Perovskites 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Multiple Exciton Generation 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Multiple Exciton Generation Mechanisms 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Efficient Multiple Exciton Generation in Halide Perovskites 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Utilizing Multiple Exciton Generation in Halide Perovskites 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Conclusion and Outlook 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Ionic Transport in Perovskite Semiconductors 305\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWenke Zhou, Yicheng Zhao, and Qing Zhao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Theoretical Basis of Ionic Transport 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Characterizations of Ionic Transport 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Mobile Ions in Perovskite Film Under Electric Field 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 The Factors Affecting Ionic Transport in Perovskites 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 The Impact of Ionic Transport on Perovskite Films and Devices 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Summary and Outlook 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Light Emission of Halide Perovskites 329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavid O. Tiede, Juan F. Galisteo-López, and Hernán Míguez\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Charge-Carrier Recombination in Lead-Halide Perovskites 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Photoinduced Effects on Charge Carrier Recombination 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Lasing in Lead-Halide Perovskites 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Conclusions 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Epitaxy and Strain Engineering of Halide Perovskites 351\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eYang Hu, Jie Jiang, Lifu Zhang, Yunfeng Shi, and Jian Shi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Epitaxy of Thin Film and Nanostructures 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Epitaxial Substrates 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Epitaxial Growth and Defects Formation Mechanisms 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 Experimental Progresses 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Strain Engineering 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Theoretical Progresses 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Experimental Progresses 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Opportunities and Challenges 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Electron Microscopy of Perovskite Solar Cell Materials 377\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMathias U. Rothmann, Wei Li, and Zhiwei Tao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Fundamentals of Electron Microscopy 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Signal Generation 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 SEM 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Conclusions 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 In Situ Characterization of Halide Perovskite Synthesis 411\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMaged Abdelsamie, Tim Kodalle, Mriganka Singh, and Carolin M. Sutter-Fella\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Fundamentals of X-Ray Scattering and Fluorescence Techniques 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 In Situ Optical Spectroscopy 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Examples of In Situ Multimodal Characterization During Solution-Based Fabrication 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Probing Beam–Sample Interaction 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Summary and Outlook 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Multimodal Characterization of Halide Perovskites: From the Macro to the Atomic Scale 443\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eTiarnan A. S. Doherty and Samuel D. Stranks\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Early Multimodal CharacterizationWork 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Recent Multimodal Characterization 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Pressing Challenges and Opportunities 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Outlook and Opportunities 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 483\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124074839,"sku":"9783527348091","price":119.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527348091.jpg?v=1720064214"},{"product_id":"electrocatalysis-for-membrane-fuel-cells-methods-modeling-and-applications-9783527348374","title":"Electrocatalysis for Membrane Fuel Cells:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eElectrocatalysis for Membrane Fuel Cells\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eComprehensive resource covering hydrogen oxidation reaction, oxygen reduction reaction, classes of electrocatalytic materials, and characterization methods\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eElectrocatalysis for Membrane Fuel Cells\u003c\/i\u003e focuses on all aspects of electrocatalysis for energy applications, covering perspectives as well as the low-temperature fuel systems principles, with main emphasis on hydrogen oxidation reaction (HOR) and the oxygen reduction reaction (ORR). \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollowing an introduction to basic principles of electrochemistry for electrocatalysis with attention to the methods to obtain the parameters crucial to characterize these systems, \u003ci\u003eElectrocatalysis for Membrane Fuel Cells\u003c\/i\u003e covers sample topics such as: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrocatalytic materials and electrode configurations, including precious versus non-precious metal centers, stability and the role of supports for catalytic nano-objects;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFundamentals on characterization techniques of materials and the various classes of electrocatalytic materials;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTheoretical explanations of materials and systems using both Density Functional Theory (DFT) and molecular modelling;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinciples and methods in the analysis of fuel cells systems, fuel cells integration and subsystem design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eElectrocatalysis for Membrane Fuel Cells quickly\u003c\/i\u003e and efficiently introduces the field of electrochemistry, along with synthesis and testing in prototypes of materials, to researchers and professionals interested in renewable energy and electrocatalysis for chemical energy conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Overview of Systems 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 System-level Constraints on Fuel Cell Materials and Electrocatalysts 3\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eElliot Padgett and Dimitrios Papageorgopoulos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Overview of Fuel Cell Applications and System Designs 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 System-level Fuel Cell Metrics 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Fuel Cell Subsystems and Balance of Plant (BOP) Components 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Comparison of Fuel Cell Systems for Different Applications 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Application-derived Requirements and Constraints 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Fuel Cell Performance and the Heat Rejection Constraint 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Startup, Flexibility, and Robustness 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Fuel Cell Durability 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Cost 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Material Pathways to Improved Fuel Cells 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Note 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 PEM Fuel Cell Design from the Atom to the Automobile 23\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndrew Haug and Michael Yandrasits\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The PEMFC Catalyst 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The Electrode 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Membrane 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The GDL 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 CCM and MEA 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Flowfield and Single Fuel Cell 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Stack and System 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Basics – Fundamentals 69\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Electrochemical Fundamentals 71\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVito Di Noto, Gioele Pagot, Keti Vezzù, Enrico Negro, and Paolo Sgarbossa\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Principles of Electrochemistry 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 The Role of the First Faraday Law 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Electric Double Layer and the Formation of a Potential Difference at the Interface 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 The Cell 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 The Spontaneous Processes and the Nernst Equation 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Representation of an Electrochemical Cell and the Nernst Equation 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 The Electrochemical Series 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Dependence of the E cell on Temperature and Pressure 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Thermodynamic Efficiencies 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Case Study – The Impact of Thermodynamics on the Corrosion of Low-T FC Electrodes 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Reaction Kinetics and Fuel Cells 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11.1 Correlation Between Current and Reaction Kinetics 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11.2 The Concept of Exchange Current 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12 Charge Transfer Theory Based on Distribution of Energy States 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12.1 The Butler–Volmer Equation 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12.2 The Tafel Equation 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12.3 Interplay Between Exchange Current and Electrocatalyst Activity 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.13 Conclusions 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Quantifying the Kinetic Parameters of Fuel Cell Reactions 111\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eViktoriia A. Saveleva, Juan Herranz, and Thomas J. Schmidt\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Electrochemical Active Surface Area (ECSA) Determination 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 ECSA Determination Using Underpotential Deposition 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Hydrogen Underpotential Deposition (H \u003csub\u003eUPD\u003c\/sub\u003e) 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Copper Underpotential Deposition (Cu \u003csub\u003eUPD\u003c\/sub\u003e) 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 ECSA Quantification Based on the Adsorption of Probe Molecules 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 CO Stripping 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 No –\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e ∕NO Sorption 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Double-layer Capacitance Measurements and Other Methods 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 ECSA Measurements in a PEFC: Which Method to Choose? 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 H 2 -Oxidation and Electrochemical Setups for the Quantification of Kinetic Parameters 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Rotating Disc Electrodes (RDEs) 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Hydrogen Pump (PEFC) Approach 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Ultramicroelectrode Approach 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM) Approach 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Floating Electrode Method 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Methods Summary 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 ORR Kinetics 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 ORR Mechanism Studies with RRDE Setups 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 ORR Pathway on Me\/N\/C ORR Catalysts 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 ORR Kinetics: Methods 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.1 Pt-based Electrodes 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.2 Pt-free Catalysts: RDE vs. PEFC Kinetic Studies 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Concluding Remarks 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Adverse and Beneficial Functions of Surface Layers Formed on Fuel Cell Electrocatalysts 149\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eShimshon Gottesfeld\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Catalyst Capping in Heterogeneous Catalysis and in Electrocatalysis 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Passivation of PGM\/TM and Non-PGM HOR Catalysts and Its Possible Prevention 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Literature Reports on Fuel Cell Catalyst Protection by Capping 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Protection of ORR Pt catalysts Against Agglomeration by an Ultrathin Overlayer of Mesoporous SiO 2 or Me–SiO 2 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Protection by Carbon Caps Against Catalyst Detachment and Catalyst Passivation Under Ambient Conditions 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Other Means for Improving the Performance Stability of Supported Electrocatalysts 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Replacement of Carbon Supports by Ceramic Supports 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Protection of Pt Catalysts by Enclosure in Mesopores 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusions 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III State of the Art 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Design of PGM-free ORR Catalysts: From Molecular to the State of the Art 177\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNaomi Levy and Lior Elbaz\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 The Influence of Molecular Changes Within the Complex 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 The Role of the Metal Center 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Addition of Substituents to MCs 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.1 Beta-substituents 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Meso-substituents 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Axial Ligands 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Cooperative Effects Between Neighboring MCs 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Bimetallic Cofacial Complexes – “Packman” Complexes 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 MC Polymers 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 The Physical and\/or Chemical Interactions Between the Catalyst and Its Support Material 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Effect of Pyrolysis 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Recent Advances in Electrocatalysts for Hydrogen Oxidation Reaction in Alkaline Electrolytes 205\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eIndra N. Pulidindi and Meital Shviro\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Mechanism of the HOR in Alkaline Media 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Electrocatalysts for Alkaline HOR 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Platinum Group Metal HOR Electrocatalysts 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Non-platinum Group Metal-based HOR Electrocatalysts 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Conclusions 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Membranes for Fuel Cells 227\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePaolo Sgarbossa, Giovanni Crivellaro, Francesco Lanero, Gioele Pagot, Afaaf R. Alvi, Enrico Negro, Keti Vezzù, and Vito Di Noto\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Properties of the PE separators 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Benchmarking of IEMs 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Ion-exchange Capacity (IEC) 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Water Uptake (WU), Swelling Ratio (SR), and Water Transport 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Ionic Conductivity (σ) 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Gas Permeability 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 Chemical Stability 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.7 Thermal and Mechanical Stability 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.8 Cost of the IEMs 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Classification of Ion-exchange Membranes 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Cation-exchange Membranes (CEMs) 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1.1 Perfluorinated Membranes 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1.2 Nonperfluorinated Membranes 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Anion-exchange Membranes (AEMs) 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.1 Functionalized Polyketones 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.2 Poly(Vinyl Benzyl Trimethyl Ammonium) (PVBTMA) Polymers 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.3 Poly(sulfones) (PS) 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Hybrid Ion-exchange Membranes 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.1 Hybrid Membranes with Single Ceramic Oxoclusters [P\/(M \u003csub\u003eX\u003c\/sub\u003e O \u003csub\u003eY\u003c\/sub\u003e) \u003csub\u003en\u003c\/sub\u003e ] 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.2 Hybrid Membranes Comprising Surface-functionalized Nanofillers 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.3 Hybrid Membranes Doped with hierarchical “Core–Shell” Nanofillers 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Porous Membranes 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.1 Porous Membranes as Host Material 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.2 Porous Membranes as Support Layer 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4.3 Porous Membranes as Unconventional Separators 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Mechanism of Ion Conduction 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Summary and Perspectives 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Supports for Oxygen Reduction Catalysts: Understanding and Improving Structure, Stability, and Activity 287\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eIwona A. Rutkowska, Sylwia Zoladek, and Pawel J. Kulesza\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Carbon Black Supports 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Decoration and Modification with Metal Oxide Nanostructures 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Carbon Nanotube as Carriers 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Doping, Modification, and Other Carbon Supports 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Graphene as Catalytic Component 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Metal Oxide-containing ORR Catalysts 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Photodeposition of Pt on Various Oxide–Carbon Composites 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9 Other Supports 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.10 Alkaline Medium 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.11 Toward More Complex Hybrid Systems 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.12 Stabilization Approaches 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.13 Conclusions and Perspectives 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Physical–Chemical Characterization 319\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Understanding the Electrocatalytic Reaction in the Fuel Cell by Tracking the Dynamics of the Catalyst by X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy 321\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDitty Dixon, Aiswarya Bhaskar, and Aswathi Thottungal\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 A Short Introduction to XAS 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Application of XAS in Electrocatalysis 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Ex Situ Characterization of Electrocatalyst 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Operando XAS Studies 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Δμ XANES Analysis to Track Adsorbate 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Time-resolved Operando XAS Measurements in Fuel Cells 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Fourth-generation Synchrotron Facilities and Advanced Characterization Techniques 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Total-reflection Fluorescence X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Resonant X-ray Emission Spectroscopy (RXES) 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.3 Combined XRD and XAS 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Conclusions 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V Modeling 349\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Unraveling Local Electrocatalytic Conditions with Theory and Computation 351\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJun Huang, Mohammad J. Eslamibidgoli, and Michael H. Eikerling\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Local Reaction Conditions: Why Bother? 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 From Electrochemical Cells to Interfaces: Basic Concepts 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Characteristics of Electrocatalytic Interfaces 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Multifaceted Effects of Surface Charging on the Local Reaction Conditions 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 The Challenges in Modeling Electrified Interfaces using First-principles Methods 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Computational Hydrogen Electrode 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Unit-cell Extrapolation, Explicit Solvated Protons, and Excess Electrons 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Counter Charge and Reference Electrode 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.4 Effective Screening Medium and mPB Theory 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.5 Grand-canonical DFT 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 A Concerted Theoretical–Computational Framework 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Case Study: Oxygen Reduction at Pt(111) 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Outlook 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI Protocols 375\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Quantifying the Activity of Electrocatalysts 377\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKarla Vega-Granados and Nicolas Alonso-Vante\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction: Toward a Systematic Protocol for Activity Measurements 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Materials Consideration 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 PGM Group 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Low PGM and PGM-free Approaches 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Impact of Support Effects on Catalytic Sites 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Electrochemical Cell Considerations 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Cell Configuration and Material 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Electrolyte 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2.1 Purity 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2.2 Protons vs. Hydroxide Ions 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2.3 Influence of Counterions 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Electrode Potential Measurements 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Preparation of Electrodes 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Well-defined and Nanoparticulated Objects 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Parameters Diagnostic of Electrochemical Performance 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Surface Area 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Hydrogen Underpotential Deposition Integration 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2.1 Surface Oxide Reduction 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2.2 CO Monolayer Oxidation (CO Stripping) 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2.3 Underpotential Deposition of Metals 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2.4 Double-layer Capacitance 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Electrocatalysts Site Density 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.4 Data Evaluation (Half-Cell Reactions) 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.5 The E \u003csub\u003e1\/2\u003c\/sub\u003e and E (j \u003csub\u003ePt \u003c\/sub\u003e(5%)) Parameters 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Stability Tests 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Data Evaluation (Auxiliary Techniques) 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.1 Surface Atoms vs. Bulk 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Conclusions 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Durability of Fuel Cell Electrocatalysts and Methods for Performance Assessment 429\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBianca M. Ceballos and Piotr Zelenay\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Fuel Cell PGM-free Electrocatalysts for Low-temperature Applications 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 PGM-free Electrocatalyst Degradation Pathways 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Demetallation 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Carbon Oxidation 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Micropore Flooding 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4 Nitrogen Protonation and Anionic Adsorption 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 PGM-free Electrocatalyst Durability and Metrics 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Performance and Durability Evaluation in Air-supplied Fuel Cell Cathode 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Assessment of Carbon Corrosion in Nitrogen-purged Cathode 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Determination of Performance Loss upon Cycling Cathode Catalyst in Nitrogen 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.4 Recommendations for ORR Electrocatalyst Evaluation in RRDE in O \u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e and in an Inert Gas 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.5 Electrocatalyst Corrosion 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Low-PGM Catalyst Degradation 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Pt Dissolution 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Carbon Support Corrosion 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.3 Pt Catalyst MEA Activity Assessment and Durability 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.4 PGM Electrocatalyst MEA Conditioning in H \u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e \/Air 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.5 Accelerated Stress Test of PGM Electrocatalyst Durability 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Conclusion 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VII Systems 471\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Modeling of Polymer Electrolyte Membrane Fuel Cells 473\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndrea Baricci, Andrea Casalegno, Dario Maggiolo, Federico Moro, Matteo Zago, and Massimo Guarnieri\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 General Equations for PEMFC Models 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Analytical and Numerical Modeling 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Reversible Electromotive Force 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 Fuel Cell Voltage 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.4 Activation Overpotential 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.5 Ohmic Overpotential – PEM Model 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.6 Concentration Overpotential 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.7 Examples of Fuel Cell Modeling 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Multiphase Water Transport Model for PEMFCs 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Fluid Mechanics in PEMFC Porous Media: From 3D Simulations to 1D Models 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 From Micro- to Macroscopic Models 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Porous Medium Anisotropy 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.3 Fluid–Fluid Viscous Drag 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.4 Surface Tension and Capillary Pressure 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Physical-based Modeling for Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Experimental Measurement and Modeling Approaches 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Physical-based Modeling 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2.1 Current Relaxation 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2.2 Laplace Transform 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 Typical Impedance Features of PEMFC 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.4 Application of EIS Modeling to PEMFC Diagnostic 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.5 Approximations of 1D Approach 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Conclusions and Perspectives 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Physics-based Modeling of Polymer Electrolyte Membrane Fuel Cells: From Cell to Automotive Systems 511\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndrea Baricci, Matteo Zago, Simone Buso, Marco Sorrentino, and Andrea Casalegno\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Polymer Fuel Cell Model for Stack Simulation 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.1 General Characteristics of a Fuel Cell System for Automotive Applications 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.2 Analysis of the Channel Geometry for Stack Performance Modeling 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.3 Analysis of the Air and Hydrogen Utilization for Stack Performance Modeling 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.4 Introduction to Transient Stack Models 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Auxiliary Subsystems Modeling 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Air Management Subsystem 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Hydrogen Management Subsystem 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Thermal Management Subsystem 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4 PEMFC System Simulation 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Electronic Power Converters for Fuel Cell-powered Vehicles 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Power Converter Architecture 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Load Adaptability 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Power Electronic System Components 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3.1 Port Interface Converters 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3.2 The PEMFC Interface Converter 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3.3 The Motor Interface Converter 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3.4 The Energy Storage Interface 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3.5 Supervisory Control 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Fuel Cell Powertrains for Mobility Use 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Transport Application Scenarios 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Tools for the Codesign of Transport Fuel Cell Systems and Energy Management Strategies 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2.1 Automotive Case Study: Optimal Codesign of an LDV FCHV Powertrain 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 545\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124107607,"sku":"9783527348374","price":124.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527348374.jpg?v=1720064215"},{"product_id":"tribological-properties-performance-and-applications-of-biocomposites-9783527350537","title":"Tribological Properties, Performance, and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTribological Properties, Performance, and Applications of Biocomposites\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDiscover the principles and applications of biocomposites with this comprehensive guide\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor decades, lightweight composites composed of synthetic fibers have found an enormous range of industrial applications, often replacing metals in various industrial processes because of their distinctive properties. However, these synthetic fibers produce considerable carbon dioxide emissions and are difficult to recycle, making them unsuited to renewable industry and the demands of a sustainable world. In recent years, polymer composites of natural fibers—called biocomposites—have been gaining popularity, presenting a superior alternative both ecologically and mechanically. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eTribological Properties, Performance, and Applications of Biocomposites\u003c\/i\u003e provides a comprehensive overview of these natural fiber polymer composites and their properties as they behave in relate motion and interact with other substances. Drawing insights from both academic research and industry, it provides both theoretical insights and practical applications of biocomposite polymers. The result is an essential tool in updating industry with cutting-edge technology for a sustainable future. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eTribological Properties, Performance, and Applications of Biocomposites\u003c\/i\u003e readers will also find: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed discussion of biocomposites as they interact with different matrices, nanoparticles, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications for technologies in areas including dental, biomedical, and tissue engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn editorial team with decades of combined experience in biocomposite research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eTribological Properties, Performance, and Applications of Biocomposites\u003c\/i\u003e is ideal for materials scientists, chemists, and engineering scientists in both academia and industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Tribological Characterization of Biocomposites: An Overview 1\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eManickam Ramesh, Thangamani Vinitha, and Manickam Tamil Selvan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Tribological Characterization 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Flax Reinforcement 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Coconut Coir Reinforcement 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Banana Reinforcement 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Hemp Reinforcement 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.5 Ramie Reinforcement 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.6 Calotropis gigantea Reinforcement 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.7 Kenaf Reinforcement 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.8 Betel Nut Fibers 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Parameters Influencing the Tribological Characteristics 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Impact of Reinforcement Orientation on Wear Behavior 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Effect of Reinforcement Volume Fraction on Wear Behavior 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Effect of Fillers on Wear Behavior 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Influence of Surface Modification on Wear Behavior 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Morphology Analysis of Tribological Characteristics 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Conclusion 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Tribological Properties of the Natural Fiber-Reinforced Epoxy Composites 19\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLin Feng Ng and Mohd Yazid Yahya\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Fiber-Reinforced Composites 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Cellulosic Natural Fibers 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Impact of Tribology on the Environment and Industry 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Tribological Properties of FRPs 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Tribological Properties of Natural Fiber-Reinforced Epoxy Composites 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Tribological Properties of Natural Fiber-Reinforced Epoxy Hybrid Composites 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Conclusion 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Wear Properties of Flax\/Epoxy-Based Composites With Different Machining Parameters 39\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eK.R. Sumesh, Petr Spatenka, and G. Rajeshkumar\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Materials and Methods 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Method 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Wear Testing 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Results and Discussion 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Wear Results 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Conclusions 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Polyester-Based Biocomposites for Tribological Applications 47\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnand Gobiraman, Santhosh Nagaraja, and Vishvanathperumal Sathiyamoorthi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction: Background and Driving Forces 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Materials and Methods 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Natural Fibers 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Polyester–Natural Fiber Composites 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Hybrid Polyester—Composites 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Methods of Production of Biocomposites 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.1 Stratification 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.2 Hand Lay-Up Method 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.3 Vacuum Bagging Technique 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4.4 Tribological Tests on Natural Fiber-Reinforced Polyester-Based Biocomposites 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Tribological Characteristics of Polyester-Based Biocomposites 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Polyester-Based Biocomposites for Tribological Applications 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Conclusions 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Tribological Properties of the Natural Fiber-Reinforced Vinyl Ester Composites 65\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKrushna Gouda, Muthukumar Chandrasekar, Vellaichamy Parthasarathy, Senthilkumar Krishnasamy, and Senthil Muthu Kumar Thiagamani\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Natural Fiber-Based VE Composite 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Problems Associated with Natural Fiber-Based Composite 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Conclusion 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Friction and Sliding Wear Properties of the Natural Fiber-Reinforced Polypropylene Composites 75\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eEmel Kuram\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Polypropylene 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Natural Fibers 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Natural Fiber-Reinforced PP Composites 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Tribological Properties of Natural Fiber-Reinforced PP Composites 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Friction Coefficient of Natural Fiber-Reinforced PP Composites 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Wear Behavior of Natural Fiber-Reinforced PP Composites 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Conclusions 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Wear Behavior of the Natural Fiber-Reinforced Thermoplastic Composites 105\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRamu Sundaramoorthy, Vellaichamy Parthasarathy, Jeyanthi Subramanian, Lin Feng Ng, and Naveen Jesuarockiam\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Wear Testing Methods 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Factors Affecting Wear Behavior of the Composite 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Motion Type 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Load 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Velocity 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Temperature 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Test Duration 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Performance Metrics From the Wear Test 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 Wear Studies on Natural Fiber-Reinforced Thermoplastic Composites 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 Conclusion 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Tribological Characterization of the Natural Fiber-Reinforced Polyimide Composites 115\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnand Gobiraman, Santhosh Nagaraja, and Vishvanathperumal Sathiyamoorthi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction: Background and Driving Forces 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Materials and Methods 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Natural Fibers 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Methods of Production of Natural Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Composites 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Stratification 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Hand Layup 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.3 Vacuum Bagging Technique 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Polyimides 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Natural Fibers\/Polyimides Composites 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Tribological Applications of Natural Fibers\/Polyimides Composites 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Conclusions 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Investigations of the Friction and Wear Resistance of the Natural Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide Composites 129\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eİbrahim Can Kaymaz, Alperen Doğru, Miray Batıkan Kandemir, and Mehmet Özgür Seydibeyoğlu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Thermosetting 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Thermoplastics 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Thermoplastic Composites 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Thermoplastic Polymer Matrix 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.5 Fibers 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Natural Fiber-Reinforcement Polyamide 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Polyamide 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Natural Fibers 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 Animal Fiber 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 Plant Fiber 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Mineral Fiber 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Production 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Friction and Wear Resistance at Natural Fiber-Reinforcement Polyamide 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Friction 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Wear 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Testing and Measurement 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.1 Friction Test Methodologies 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.2 Wear Test Methodologies 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Applications 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Friction and Wear Resistance of the Natural Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Composites With Metal Oxide Fillers 159\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNiket Suresh Powar and Mariyappan Shanmugam\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Oil Palm Fiber 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Jute Fiber 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Bamboo Fiber 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Coconut Fiber 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Conclusion 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Investigation of Sliding Wear Properties of Nanofiller-Based Biocomposites 167\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAjish Babu, Anusree Thilak, Harikrishnan Pulikkalparambil, Sandhya Alice Varghese, Sanjay Mavinkere Rangappa, Kuruvilla Joseph, and Suchart Siengchin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Wear General Aspects 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Methods to Measure Wear 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Sliding Wear in Polymer Composites 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Sliding Wear in Biocomposites, General 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Sliding Wear Property of Biofiller Incorporated Biopolymer Composite 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Sliding Wear Property of Synthetic\/Inorganic Filler Incorporated Biopolymer Composite 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Conclusion 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Friction and Wear Properties of Biocomposites for Dental, Orthopedic, and Biomedical Applications 185\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePiyush Gaur, Chandrasekar Muthukumar, and V. Parthasarathy\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Desired Properties and Classification of Biomaterials 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Desired Properties of Biomaterials 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Classification of Biomaterials 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2.1 Metallic Biomaterials 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2.2 Ceramic Biomaterials 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2.3 Composite Biomaterials 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Wear of Biomaterials 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Wear Testing Methods 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Friction and Wear Characterization Techniques for Biomaterials 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Friction and Wear Properties of Biocomposites Used in Different Biomedical Applications 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Dental Applications 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1.1 Friction and Wear of Dental Resins 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Orthopedic Applications 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2.1 Friction and Wear of Biocomposites in Orthopedics Applications 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Conclusion 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Wear and Friction Behavior of Biocomposites Fabricated Through Additive Manufacturing 219\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eManickam Ramesh, Kanagaraj Niranjana, and Manickam Tamil Selvan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Additive Manufacturing of Biocomposites 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Fabrication of Biocomposites Using AM 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Types of Wear Behavior Based on Its Processes, Effects, and Environment 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Adhesion Wear 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Abrasive Wear 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Erosive Wear 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.4 Fatigue Wear 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.5 Corrosive or Oxidative Wear 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.6 Fretting Wear 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Determining the Level of Specimen Deterioration 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Wear and Frictional Characteristics of AM Products 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Method of Testing the Wear and Friction in the AM Parts 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.1 Pin-on-Disk or Tribometer 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.2 Pin-on-Drum 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.3 Repeated Impact Wear Test 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.4 Acoustic Emission Monitoring Test 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.5 Rubbing Test 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Conclusion 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of Biocomposites 247\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnthony Chidi Ezika, Emmanuel Rotimi Sadiku, Raphael Stone Odera, Uzoma Ebenezer Enwerem, Victor Ugochukwu Okpechi, Martin Emeka Ibenta, and Shadrack Chukwuebuka Ugwu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Fibers 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 NF Reinforcement 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Treatments of NFs 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2.1 Types of NF Treatment 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Biocomposites 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Classification of Biocomposites 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Natural Fiber-Polymer Composites 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.3 Tribological Properties of NF-Reinforced Composites 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF-Filled Polymer 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF-Reinforced Epoxy Composites 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF- Reinforced Polyester Composites 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.3 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Behavior of NF Reinforced Vinyl Ester Composite 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.4 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF- Reinforced Polypropylene Composites 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.5 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF-Reinforced Polylactic Acid Composites 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.6 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF-Reinforced High-Density Polyethylene Composites 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.7 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF- Reinforced Low-Density Polyethylene Composites 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.8 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF- Reinforced PET Composites 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.9 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF- Reinforced Polyamide Composites 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.10 Influence of Fiber Treatment on the Wear Properties of NF-Reinforced Hybrid Biocomposites (Fiber Blending + Polymer Blending) Composites 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Conclusion 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 285\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124173143,"sku":"9783527350537","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"battery-technologies-materials-and-components-9783527348589","title":"Battery Technologies: Materials and Components","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eBattery Technologies\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA state-of-the-art exploration of modern battery technology\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn\u003ci\u003e Battery Technologies: Materials and Components,\u003c\/i\u003e distinguished researchers Dr. Jianmin Ma delivers a comprehensive and robust overview of battery technology and new and emerging technologies related to lithium, aluminum, dual-ion, flexible, and biodegradable batteries. The book offers practical information on electrode materials, electrolytes, and the construction of battery systems. It also considers potential approaches to some of the primary challenges facing battery designers and manufacturers today. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBattery Technologies: Materials and Components\u003c\/i\u003e provides readers with: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to the lithium-ion battery, including cathode and anode materials, electrolytes, and binders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive explorations of lithium-oxygen batteries, including battery systems, catalysts, and anodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical discussions of redox flow batteries, aqueous batteries, biodegradable batteries, and flexible batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-depth examinations of dual-ion batteries, aluminum ion batteries, and zinc-oxygen batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for inorganic chemists, materials scientists, and electrochemists, \u003ci\u003eBattery Technologies: Materials and Components\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of catalytic and polymer chemists seeking a one-stop resource on battery technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Li-Ion Battery 1\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRuiping Liu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 History of the Lithium-Ion Battery 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Basic Structure of Lithium-Ion Battery 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Working Mechanisms of Lithium-Ion Battery 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Characteristics of Lithium-Ion Batteries 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Cathode Materials for Lithium-Ion Batteries 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Layer-Structured Cathode Materials 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Spinel-Structured Cathode Materials 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Olivine-Structured Cathode Materials 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Anode Materials for LIBs 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Intercalation Anode Materials 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Alloy Anode Materials 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Conversion Anode Materials 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Lithium Metal Anode 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Electrolyte 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Liquid Electrolyte 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1.1 Lithium Salts 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1.2 Organic Solvent 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1.3 Functional Additives 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Solid Electrolyte 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.1 Polymer Electrolyte 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.2 li 3 N and its Derivatives 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.3 Perovskite Solid Electrolyte 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.4 Lisicon 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.5 Nasicon 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.6 Garnet 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.7 Glassy Inorganic Solid Electrolyte 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Separators 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Polyolefin Separator 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Polymers with High Melting Points for Separators 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Inorganic Composite Separators 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Conclusions and Perspective 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Li–O 2 Battery 47\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhijia Zhang, Jun Wang, Shaofei Zhang, Shihao Sun, and Xia Ma\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Li–O 2 Battery 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Introduction 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Cathode Materials 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2.1 Carbon-Based Materials 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2.2 Noble Metal-Based Materials 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2.3 Non-noble Metal-Based Materials 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Anode Materials 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Electrolyte 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.1 Organic Electrolyte 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.2 Quasi-Solid-State Electrolyte 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.3 Solid-State Electrolyte 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5 Separator 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.6 From Li–O 2 Batteries to Li–Air Batteries 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.7 Summary and Perspective 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Li–Sulfur Battery 87\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiaoqun Qi, Fengyi Yang, and Long Qie\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Fundamentals 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Cathodes 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 S Cathodes 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.1 Physical Confinement 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.2 Physical Blocking 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.3 Polymeric Organosulfur 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.4 Chemical Adsorption and Catalysis 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Li\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003eS Cathodes 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Electrolytes 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Ether Electrolyte 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Carbonate-Based 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Nitrile-Based 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Sulfones\/Sulfoxides-Based 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Ionic Liquids 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Polymer\/Solid-State Electrolytes 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.7 Additives 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Anodes 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Li Anodes 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Carbon Anodes 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Silicon Anodes 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Challenges and Perspectives 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Na-Ion Battery 125\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiaochuan Duan, Lei Wang, and Jianmin Ma\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 History of Sodium-Ion Batteries 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Composition and Working Mechanism of SIBs 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Cathode Materials for SIBs 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Layered Transition Metal Oxide 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Polyanionic Compounds 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Hexacyanoferrates 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Organic Compounds 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Anode Materials for SIBs 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Insertion Anode Materials 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1.1 Carbon Materials 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1.2 Titanium-Based Oxide 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Alloyed Anode Materials 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Conversion-Type Anode Materials 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Electrolytes for SIBs 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Aqueous Electrolytes 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Organic Electrolytes 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Solid-State Electrolytes 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.1 Solid Polymer Electrolytes 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.2 Inorganic Solid Electrolytes 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Separators for SIBs 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Glass Fiber Separator 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Modified Polyolefin Separator 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Other Separator 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Na–O 2 Battery 153\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHaiying Lu, Xianghong Chen, Yu Lei, Feng Xiao, Weiyin Gao, Jiakui Zhang, Sai Zhao, Min Yan, Chenxin Ran, and Jiantie Xu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Fundamental Principles 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Cathode Materials 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Carbon Materials 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Metals and Their Oxides 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.1 Noble Metals and Their Oxides 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.2 Non-noble Metals and Their Oxides 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.3 Dual Functional Composites 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Anode Materials 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Modification of Na Metal Anode 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Carbon Materials Modified Na Anode 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Metal Alloys\/Composites\/Hybrids 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Electrolytes 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Carbonate-Based Electrolyte 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Ether-Based Electrolyte 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 DMSO- and ACN-Based Electrolytes 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Ionic Liquid-Based Electrolyte 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Mechanism Studies 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Conclusion and Perspectives 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Zn-Ion Battery 201\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGaoxue Jiang, Yurong Ren, Xiaobing Huang, and Jianmin Ma\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Fundamentals 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Cathode Materials 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Manganese-Based Materials 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Vanadium-Based Materials 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Prussian Blue Analogous 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Other Types of Cathode Materials 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Zn Anode 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Zinc Alloy Anode 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Surface Modification of Zn Anode 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Structural Optimization of the Zn Anode 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Aqueous Electrolytes 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Types of Zinc Salts 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Concentration of Zinc Salt 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Electrolyte Additives 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Challenges and Perspectives 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Zn–Air Battery 229\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJ. Alberto Blázquez, Aroa R. Mainar, and Elena Iruin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Metal–Air Batteries 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 History of Zinc-Based Technologies 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Secondary Zinc–Air Batteries 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3.1 Rechargeability 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3.2 Industrial Approximations 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3.3 Limitations 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Electrolyte System 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Mechanisms for Zinc Dissolution 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Strategies for Developing An Optimal Electrolyte System for Secondary Zinc–Air Batteries 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.1 Additives 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.2 Alternatives to Alkaline Aqueous Electrolyte 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Bifunctional Air Electrode 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Mechanism for Bifunctional Air Electrode 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Materials for Bifunctional Air Electrode 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.1 Catalysts 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.2 Binder 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.3 Conductive Agents 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.4 Current Collector 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Electrode Structure 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Zinc Anode 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Zinc Electrode Configuration 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Materials for Zinc Anode 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.1 Active Material 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.2 Additives 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.3 Gelling Agents and Binders 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.4 Current Collector 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Zinc Anode Processing 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Membranes 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Summary and Perspectives 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms and Abbreviations 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Al-Ion Battery 269\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavid Muñoz-Torrero, Rebeca Marcilla, and Edgar Ventosa\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Historical Development of Aluminum Batteries 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Primary Aluminum Batteries: Aqueous Systems 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Rechargeable Aluminum Batteries: Non-aqueous Systems 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Electrolytes for Al-Based Batteries 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Al Electrodeposition in CILs and Their Use in Rechargeable Al-Based Batteries 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Al Electrodeposition Using Alternative Electrolytes and Their Use in Rechargeable Al-Based Batteries 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Rechargeable Aluminum Batteries Classification 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Metal Oxide\/Sulfide-Based Aluminum Batteries 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Polymer-Based Aluminum Batteries 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Graphite-Based Aluminum Batteries 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Rechargeable Aluminum Batteries Based on Graphitic Cathodes 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Carbon Paper 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Pyrolytic Graphite 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Graphitic Foam 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.4 Graphene-Based Cathode 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.5 Graphite Flakes-Based Cathodes 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Conclusions 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Al-Air Batteries 299\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePengyu Meng, Jianmin Ren, Min Jiang, and Chaopeng Fu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Aluminum Anodes 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Al Alloying Elements 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Research Progress of Al Anodes 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 Aluminum Microalloying 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 Heat Treatment of Al Anodes 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.3 Processing of Al Anodes 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.4 Surface coating on Al anodes 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Air Cathodes 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Structure of Air Cathodes 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Integrated Cathode 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Oxygen Reduction Reaction 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Electrocatalysts 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.1 Precious Metals and Alloys 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.2 Transition Metal Oxides 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.3 Carbon-Based Catalysts 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4.4 Single-Atom Catalysts 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Electrolytes 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Aqueous Electrolytes 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Corrosion Inhibitors 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Polymer Electrolytes 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Al–Air Battery Structure Design 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Recycle of Al–Air Batteries 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Rechargeable Al–Air Batteries 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Summary and Outlook 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Dual-Ion Battery 317\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHaitao Wang, Luojiang Zhang, and Yongbing Tang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Cation–Anion Dual-Ion Battery 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Introduction 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Cathode Materials 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2.1 Graphitic Materials 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2.2 Organic Materials 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2.3 Other Materials 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 Anode Materials 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3.1 Metallic Materials 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3.2 Alloying-Type Materials 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3.3 Intercalation-Type Materials 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3.4 Conversion-Type Materials 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.4 Electrolyte 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.4.1 Organic Electrolyte 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.4.2 Ionic Liquid Electrolyte 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.4.3 Aqueous Electrolyte 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Multi-Ion Battery 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Triple-Ion Battery 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.1 Dual Cation–Anion Battery 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1.2 Dual Anion–Cation Battery 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Quadruple-Ion Battery 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Summary and Perspective 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 359\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124336983,"sku":"9783527348589","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"nanowire-energy-storage-devices-synthesis-characterization-and-applications-9783527349173","title":"Nanowire Energy Storage Devices: Synthesis,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNanowire Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eComprehensive resource providing in-depth knowledge about nanowire-based energy storage technologies\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eNanowire Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/i\u003e focuses on the energy storage applications of nanowires, covering the synthesis and principles of nanowire electrode materials and their characterization, and performance control. Major parts of the book are devoted to the applications of nanowire-based ion batteries, high energy batteries, supercapacitors, micro-nano energy storage devices, and flexible energy storage devices. The book also addresses global energy challenges by explaining how nanowires allow for the design and fabrication of devices that provide sustainable energy generation. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith contributions from the founders of the field of nanowire technology, \u003ci\u003eNanowire Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/i\u003e covers topics such as: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical and chemical properties, thermodynamics, and kinetics of nanowires, and basic performance parameters of nanowire-based electrochemical energy storage devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConventional, porous, hierarchical, heterogeneous, and hollow nanomaterials, and in-situ electron microscopic and spectroscopy characterization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrochemistry, advantages, and issues of lithium-ion batteries, unique characteristic of nanowires for lithium-ion batteries, and nanowires as anodes in lithium-ion batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNanowires for other energy storage devices, including metal-air, polyvalent ion, alkaline, and sodium\/lithium-sulfur batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eElucidating the design, synthesis, and energy storage applications, \u003ci\u003eNanowire Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/i\u003e is an essential resource for materials scientists, electrochemists, electrical engineers, and solid state physicists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Nanowire Energy Storage Devices: Synthesis, Characterization, and Applications 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 One-Dimensional Nanomaterials 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1.1 Nanorods 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1.2 Carbon Nanofibers 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1.3 Nanotubes 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1.4 Nanobelts 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1.5 Nanocables 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Energy Storage Science and Technology 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2.1 Mechanical Energy Storage 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2.2 Electromagnetic Energy Storage 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2.3 Electrochemical Energy Storage 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Overview of Nanowire Energy Storage Materials and Devices 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.1 Si Nanowires 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.2 ZnO Nanowires 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3.3 Single Nanowire Electrochemical Energy Storage Device 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Fundamentals of Nanowire Energy Storage 27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Physical and Chemical Properties of Nanowires 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Electronic Structure 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Thermal Properties 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2.1 Melting Point 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2.2 Thermal Conduction 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Mechanical Properties 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Adsorption and Surface Activity 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.1 Adsorption 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.2 Surface Activity 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Nanowires Electrode Materials 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Thermodynamics 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Kinetics 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Basic Performance Parameters of Nanowires Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Electromotive Force 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Operating Voltage 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Capacity and Specific Capacity 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Energy and Specific Energy 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Current Density and Charge–Discharge Rate 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 Power and Specific Power 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.7 Coulombic Efficiency 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.8 Cycle Life 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Interfacial Properties of Nanowires Electrode Materials 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Interface Between Nanowire Electrode Materials and Electrolytes 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Heterogeneous Interfaces in Nanowire Electrode Materials 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Optimization Mechanism of Electrochemical Properties of Nanowires Electrode Materials 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Mechanism of Electron\/Ion Bicontinuous Transport 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Self-Buffering Mechanism 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Theoretical Calculation of Nanowires Electrode Materials 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Summary and Outlook 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Design and Synthesis of Nanowires 51\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Conventional Nanowires 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Wet Chemical Methods 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1.1 Hydrothermal\/Solvothermal Method 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1.2 Sol–Gel Method 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1.3 Coprecipitation Method 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1.4 Ultrasonic Spray Pyrolysis Method 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1.5 Electrospinning Method 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Dry Chemical Method 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2.1 High-Temperature Solid-State Method 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2.2 Chemical Vapor Deposition Method 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Physical Method 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Porous Nanowires 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Template Method 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.1 Template by Nanoconfinement 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.2 Template by Orientation Induction 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Self-Assembly Method 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Chemical Etching Method 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Hierarchical Nanowires 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Self-Assembly Method 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Secondary Nucleation Growth Method 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Heterogeneous Nanowires 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Heterogeneous Nucleation 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Secondary Modification 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Hollow Nanowires 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Wet Chemical Method 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Template Method 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Gradient Electrospinning 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Nanowire Arrays 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Template Method 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Wet Chemical Method 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 Chemical Vapor Deposition 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Summary and Outlook 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Nanowires for In Situ Characterization 95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 In Situ Electron Microscopy Characterization 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 In Situ Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) Characterization 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 In Situ Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) Characterization 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 In Situ Spectroscopy Characterization 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 In Situ X-ray Diffraction 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 In Situ Raman Spectroscopy 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 In Situ X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 In Situ XAS Characterization 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 In Situ Characterization of Nanowire Devices 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Nanowire Device 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Nanowire Device Characterization Example 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Other In Situ Characterization 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 In Situ Atomic Force Microscopy Characterization 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 In Situ Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 In Situ Neutron Diffraction 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 In Situ Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Summary and Outlook 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Nanowires for Lithium-ion Batteries 131\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Electrochemistry, Advantages, and Issues of LIBs Batteries 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 History of Lithium-ion Batteries 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Electrochemistry of Lithium-ion Batteries 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2.1 Theoretical Operation Potential 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2.2 Theoretical Specific Capacity of Electrode Materials and Cells 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2.3 Theoretical Specific Energy Density of an Electrochemical Cell 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Key Materials for Lithium-ion Batteries 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3.1 Cathode 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3.2 Anode 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3.3 Electrolyte 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3.4 Separator 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Advantages and Issues of Lithium-ion Batteries 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Unique Characteristic of Nanowires for LIBs 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Enhancing the Diffusion Dynamics of Carriers 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Enhancing Structural Stability of Materials 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Befitting the In Situ Characterization of Electrochemical Process 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Enabling the Construction of Flexible Devices 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Nanowires as Anodes in LIBs 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Alloy-Type Anode Materials (Si, Ge, and Sn) 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.1 Lithium Storage in Si Nanowires 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.2 Lithium Storage in Ge Nanowires 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.3 Lithium Storage in Sn Nanowires 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Metal Oxide Nanowires 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Carbonaceous Anode Materials 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Nanowires as Cathodes in LIBs 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Transition Metal Oxides 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Vanadium Oxide Nanowires 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Iron Compounds Including Oxides and Phosphates 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Nanowires-Based Separators in LIBs 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Nanowires-Based Solid-State Electrolytes in LIBs 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Nanowires-Based Electrodes for Flexible LIBs 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Summary and Outlook 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Nanowires for Sodium-ion Batteries 185\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Advantages and Challenges of Sodium-ion Batteries 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Development of Sodium-ion Batteries 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Characteristic of Sodium-ion Batteries 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.1 The Working Principle of Sodium-ion Battery 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2.2 Advantages of Sodium-ion Batteries 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Key Materials for Sodium-ion Batteries 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3.1 Cathode 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3.2 Anode 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3.3 Electrolyte 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3.4 Separator 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.4 Challenges for Sodium-ion Batteries 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Nanowires as Cathodes in Sodium-ion Batteries 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Layered Oxide Nanowires 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Tunnel-type Oxide Nanowires 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Polyanionic Compound Nanowires 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Nanowires as Anodes in Sodium-ion Batteries 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Carbonaceous Materials and Polyanionic Compounds 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.1 Graphitized Carbon Materials 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.2 Amorphous Carbon Materials 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.3 Carbon Nanomaterials 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Polyanionic Compounds 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Metals and Metal Oxides 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Metal Nanowires 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Transition Metal Oxide Nanowires 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Metal Sulfides 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.1 Molybdenum Sulfide and Its Composites 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.2 Tungsten Sulfide and Its Composites 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.3 Stannic Sulfide and Its Composites 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.4 Nickel Sulfide, Ferrous Sulfide and Their Composites 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Summary 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Application of Nanowire Materials in Metal-Chalcogenide Battery 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Lithium–Sulfur Battery 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Sulfur–Carbon Nanowire Composite Cathode Materials 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Conductive Polymer Nanowire\/Sulfur Composite Cathode Materials 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Metal Compound Nanowires\/Sulfur Composite Cathode Materials 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Sodium–Sulfur Battery and Magnesium–Sulfur Battery 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Sodium–Sulfur Battery 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Magnesium–Sulfur Battery 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Lithium–Selenium Battery 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Reaction Mechanism of Lithium–Selenium Battery 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Selenium-Based Cathode Materials 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Existing Problems and Possible Solutions 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Summary and Outlook 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Application of Nanowires in Supercapacitors 263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Nanowire Electrode Material for Electrochemical Double-Layer Capacitor 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 The Application of Carbon Nanotubes in EDLCs 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 The Application of Carbon Nanofibers in EDLCs 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Nanowire Electrode Materials for Pseudocapacitive Supercapacitors 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Metal Oxide Nanowire Electrode Materials 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Conducting Polymer Nanowire Electrode Materials 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Nanowire Electrode Materials of Hybrid Supercapacitors 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Hybrid Supercapacitor Based on Aqueous Electrolyte 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1.1 Carbon\/Metal Oxide 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1.2 Carbon\/Conductive Nanowire Polymer 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Other Electrolyte System Hybrid Supercapacitors 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.1 Organic Electrolyte System 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.2 Redox-Active Electrolyte System 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Solid Electrolyte or Quasi-Solid-State Hybrid Supercapacitor 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Summary and Outlook 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Nanowires for Multivalent-ion Batteries 285\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Nanowires for Magnesium-Ion Battery 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Vanadium-Based Nanowires for MIBs 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Manganese-Based Nanowires for MIBs 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Other Nanowires for MIBs 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Nanowires for Calcium-Ion Batteries 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Nanowires for Zinc-Ion Batteries 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Vanadium-Based Nanowires for ZIBs 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Manganese-Based Nanowires for ZIBs 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Nanowires for Aluminum Ion Batteries 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Summary and Outlook 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Conclusion and Outlook 305\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Structure Design and Performance Optimization of 1D Nanomaterials 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Advanced Characterization Methods for 1D Nanomaterials 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Applications and Challenges of Nanowire Energy Storage Devices 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Application of Nanowire Structures in Lithium-ion Batteries 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Applications of Nanowire Structures in Na-ion Battery 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Applications of Nanowire Structures in Other Monovalent-ion Batteries 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Application of Nanowires in Lithium–Sulfur Batteries 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Application of 1D Nanomaterials in Supercapacitors 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6 Nanowires for Other Energy Storage Devices 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6.1 Metal Air Batteries 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6.2 Multivalent-ion Battery 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6.3 Metal Sulfur Batteries 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 327\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124861271,"sku":"9783527349173","price":97.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527349173.jpg?v=1720064218"},{"product_id":"flow-batteries-3-volume-set-from-fundamentals-to-applications-9783527349227","title":"Flow Batteries, 3 Volume Set: From Fundamentals","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eFlow Batteries\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe premier reference on flow battery technology for large-scale, high-performance, and sustainable energy storage\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom basics to commercial applications, \u003ci\u003eFlow Batteries\u003c\/i\u003e covers the main aspects and recent developments of (Redox) Flow Batteries, from the electrochemical fundamentals and the materials used to their characterization and technical application. Edited by a team of leading experts, including the “founding mother of vanadium flow battery technology” Maria Skyllas-Kazacos, the full scope of this revolutionary technology is detailed, including chemistries other than vanadium and organic flow batteries. Other key topics covered in \u003ci\u003eFlow Batteries\u003c\/i\u003e include: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Flow battery computational modeling and simulation, including quantum mechanical considerations, cell, stack, and system modeling, techno-economics, and grid behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e A comparison of the standard vanadium flow battery variant with new and emerging flow batteries using different chemistries and how they will change the field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Commercially available flow batteries from different manufacturers, their technology, and application ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e The pivotal role of flow batteries in overcoming the global energy crisis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eFlow Batteries\u003c\/i\u003e is an invaluable resource for researchers and engineers in academia and industry who want to understand and work with this exciting new technology and explore the full range of its current and future applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLUME 1 \u003cbr\u003e PART 1: FUNDAMENTALS \u003cbr\u003e The Need for Stationary Energy Storage  \u003cbr\u003e History of Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e General Electrochemical Fundamentals of Batteries General Aspects and Fundamentals of Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Redox-mediated Processes \u003cbr\u003e Membranes for Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Standards for Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Safety Considerations of the Vanadium Flow Battery \u003cbr\u003e A Student Workshop in Sustainable Energy Technology: The Principles and Practice of a Rechargeable Flow Battery \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e PART 2: CHARACTERIZATION OF FLOW BATTERIES AND MATERIALS \u003cbr\u003e Characterization Methods in Flow Batteries: A General Overview  \u003cbr\u003e Electrochemical Methods  \u003cbr\u003e Radiography and Tomography \u003cbr\u003e Characterization of Carbon Materials \u003cbr\u003e Characterization of Membranes for Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e PART 3: MODELING AND SIMULATION \u003cbr\u003e Quantum Mechanical Modeling of Flow Battery Materials \u003cbr\u003e Mesoscale Modeling and Simulation for Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Continuum Modelling and Simulation of Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Pore-scale Modeling of Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Dynamic Modelling of Vanadium Flow Batteries for System Monitoring and Control \u003cbr\u003e Techno-economic Modelling and Evaluation of Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Machine Learning for FB Electrolyte Screening \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e VOLUME 2 \u003cbr\u003e PART 4: VANADIUM FLOW BATTERIES \u003cbr\u003e The History of the UNSW All‐Vanadium Flow Battery Development \u003cbr\u003e Vanadium Electrolytes and Related Electrochemical Reactions \u003cbr\u003e Electrodes for Vanadium Flow Batteries (VFBs) \u003cbr\u003e Membranes for Vanadium Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Advanced Flowfield Architecture for Vanadium Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e State‐of‐Charge Monitoring for Vanadium Redox Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Rebalancing\/Regeneration of Vanadium Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Life Cycle Analysis of Vanadium Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Next‐Generation Vanadium Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Asymmetric Vanadium‐based Aqueous Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e PART 5: OTHER IMPORTANT INORGANIC FLOW BATTERY TECHNOLOGIES \u003cbr\u003e Zn\/Br Battery - Early Research and Development \u003cbr\u003e An Overview of the Polysulfide\/Bromine Flow Battery \u003cbr\u003e Fe\/Fe Flow Battery \u003cbr\u003e Zinc-Cerium and Related Cerium‐Based Flow Batteries: Progress and Challenges \u003cbr\u003e Undivided Copper-Lead Dioxide Flow Battery Based on Soluble Copper and Lead in Aqueous  \u003cbr\u003e All‐copper Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Hydrogen‐Based Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e VOLUME 3 \u003cbr\u003e PART 6: ORGANIC FLOW BATTERIES \u003cbr\u003e Aqueous Organic Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Metal Coordination Complexes for Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Organic Redox Flow Batteries: Lithium‐Ion‐based FBs \u003cbr\u003e Nonaqueous Metal‐Free Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Polymeric Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e PART 7: INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIALIZATION ASPECTS OF FLOW BATTERIES \u003cbr\u003e Inverter Interfacing and Grid Behaviour \u003cbr\u003e Flow‐Battery System Topologies and Grid Connection \u003cbr\u003e Vanadium FBESs installed by Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd \u003cbr\u003e Industrial Applications of Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Applications of VFB in Rongke Power \u003cbr\u003e Metal‐Free Flow Batteries Based on TEMPO \u003cbr\u003e Commercialization of All‐Iron Redox Flow‐Battery Systems \u003cbr\u003e Application of Hydrogen-Bromine Flow Batteries: Technical Paper \u003cbr\u003e Some Notes on Zinc\/Bromine Flow Batteries \u003cbr\u003e Mobile Applications of the ZBB \u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124894039,"sku":"9783527349227","price":315.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527349227.jpg?v=1720064218"},{"product_id":"sodium-ion-batteries-energy-storage-materials-and-technologies-9783527348961","title":"Sodium-Ion Batteries: Energy Storage Materials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSodium-Ion Batteries\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn essential resource with coverage of up-to-date research on sodium-ion battery technology\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLithium-ion batteries form the heart of many of the stored energy devices used by people all across the world. However, global lithium reserves are dwindling, and a new technology is needed to ensure a shortfall in supply does not result in disruptions to our ability to manufacture reliable, efficient batteries. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn\u003ci\u003e Sodium-Ion Batteries: Energy Storage Materials and Technologies, \u003c\/i\u003eeminent researcher and materials scientist Yan Yu delivers a comprehensive overview of the state-of-the-art in sodium-ion batteries (SIBs), including their design principles, cathode and anode materials, electrolytes, and binders. The author discusses  high-performance rechargeable sodium-ion battery technology in the contexts of energy, power density, and electrochemical stability for commercialization. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExploring a wide range of literature on the recent progress made by researchers on sodium-ion battery technology, the book provides valuable perspectives on designing better materials for SIBs to unlock their practical capabilities. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to sodium-ion batteries, including their key materials and likely future developments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive explorations of design principles of electrode materials and electrolytes for sodium-ion batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical discussions of cathode materials for sodium-ion batteries, including transition metal oxides, polyanionic compounds, Prussian blue analogues and organic compounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-depth examinations of anode materials for sodium-ion batteries, including carbon-based materials, metal chalcogenides, metal alloys, phosphorus and Na metal anodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for materials scientists, inorganic chemists, electrochemists, and physical chemists, \u003ci\u003eSodium-Ion Batteries: Energy Storage Materials and Technologies\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of catalytic and polymer chemists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to Sodium-Ion Batteries 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Brief Outline 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Key Materials 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Toward Future Development 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Design Principles for Sodium-Ion Batteries 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Basic Design Principles 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Energy Density 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Power Density 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Cycling Life 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Safety 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Cost 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Design Principles for Electrode Materials 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Transport Properties 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Size Effects 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Morphology and Structure 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Design Principles for Electrolytes 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Transport Properties 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Electrochemical Stability Window 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Thermal Stability 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Interfacial Compatibility 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Safety Issues 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Conclusions 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Transition Metal Oxide Cathodes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 41\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Sodium-free Transition Metal Oxides 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Vanadium Oxides 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Manganese Dioxides 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Sodium-inserted Layered Metal Oxides 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 NaFeO2 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 NaxCoO2 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 NaxMnO2 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 NaxNiO2 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 NaxVO2 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 NaxCrO2 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.7 Mixed Cation Oxides 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.8 Other Emerging Metal Oxides 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Concluding Remarks 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Polyanion-Type Cathodes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 79\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Phosphates 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 NaMPO4 (M = Fe and Mn) 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 NASICON-Type Phosphates 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 NASIClON-type Na3V2(PO4)3 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 NASICON-type Na3MnTi(PO4)3 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Pyrophosphates 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 NaMP2O7 (M = Fe, V, and Ti) 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Na2MP2O7 (M = Co, Fe, Mn, Cu, and Zn) 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Na4M3(PO4)2P2O7 (M = Fe, Co, Mn, Ni, and Mg) 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Other Pyrophosphates 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Fluorinated Phosphate Cathodes 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 NaVPO4F 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Na2MPO4F (M = Fe, Mn, and Ni) 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Na3(VO1−xPO4)2F1+2x (0≤ x ≤1) 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Sulfates 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 NaxFey(SO4)z 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Fluorosulfates 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Silicates 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Other Polyanion-Type Compounds 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Concluding Remarks 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Prussian Blue Analogue Cathodes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Crystal Structure 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Electrochemistry Mechanisms 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Preparation Approaches 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Coprecipitation 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Self-decomposition of Precursors 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Optimizing Electrochemical Performance 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Effect of Lattice Architecture on Electrochemistry 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.1 Substitution of Cation 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.2 Inserting Cation 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.3 Vacancy 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.4 Water Molecules 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Effect of Morphological Optimizations on Electrochemistry 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 NaxMFe-PBAs with Two Na+ Insertion Sites 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 NaxMFe-PBAs with One Na+ Insertion Sites 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Concluding Remarks 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Organic Cathodes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 161\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 C=O Reaction 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Quinones 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Carboxylates 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Anhydrides 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Amides 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Doping Reaction 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Conductive Polymers 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Organic Radical Compounds 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Microporous Polymers 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 C=N Reaction 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Schiff Base Organic Compounds 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Pteridine Derivatives 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Concluding Remarks 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Intercalation-Type Anode Materials for Sodium-Ion Batteries 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Carbon-Based Anode Materials 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Graphite Anode 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Hard Carbon Anode 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Soft Carbon Anode 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Titanium-Based Anode Materials 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 TiO2 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1.1 Amorphous TiO2 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1.2 Anatase TiO2 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1.3 TiO2-B 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1.4 Rutile TiO2 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Li4Ti5O12 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Na2Ti3O7 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.1 Surface Modifications 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.2 Micro-Nano Structure Design 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.3 Self-Supported Electrode Design 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.4 Anion Doping 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.5 Cation Doping 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 NaTi2(PO4)3 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4.1 Structure and Properties of NaTi2(PO4)3 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4.2 Modification Strategies of NaTi2(PO4)3 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 TiNb2O7 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5.1 Structure and Properties of TiNb2O7 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5.2 Modification Strategies of TiNb2O7 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Concluding Remarks 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Phosphorus\/Phosphide Anodes for Sodium–Ion Batteries on Alloy and Conversion Reactions 245\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Phosphorus Anodes 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Phosphorus Allotropes 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Na-Storage Mechanism for Phosphorus-Based Materials 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Na-Storage Mechanism for Red Phosphorus 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Na-Storage Mechanism for Black Phosphorus 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Phosphorus-Based Materials for Na–Ion Batteries 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.1 Red Phosphorus for Na–Ion Batteries 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3.2 Black Phosphorus and Phosphorene for Na-Ion Batteries 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Metal Phosphide Anodes 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Na-Storage Mechanism for Metal Phosphides 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Metal Phosphides for Na-Ion Batteries 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.1 Tin Phosphide Materials 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.2 Cobalt Phosphide Materials 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.3 Iron Phosphide Materials 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.4 Nickel Phosphide Materials 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.5 Copper Phosphide Materials 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Concluding Remarks 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Metal Oxides\/Chalcogenides\/Alloys for Sodium-Ion Batteries on Alloy and Conversion Reactions 273\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Metal Oxides 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Conversion-type Oxides 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Conversion-alloy-type Oxides 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Metal Chalcogenides 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Metal Sulfides 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.1 SnS\/SnS2 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.2 Sb2S3\/Bi2S3 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.3 MoS2\/WS2 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.4 FeSx\/CoSx\/NiSx 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.5 Other Monometal Sulfides Including CuSx\/VSx\/TiS2 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1.6 Bimetallic Sulfides 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Metal Selenides 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.1 SnSe\/SnSe2 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.2 Sb2Se3\/Bi2Se3 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.3 MoSe2\/WSe2 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.4 FeSex\/CoSe2\/NiSe2 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.5 Other Monometal Selenides 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.6 Bimetallic Selenides 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Metal Tellurides 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Metal Alloys 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Tin (Sn) 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Antimony (Sb) 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Bismuth (Bi) 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4 Intermetallic Compounds 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Effective Strategies to Restrain Dendrite Growth of Na Metal Anodes 315\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Liquid Electrolyte Optimization for Na Metal Anodes 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Traditional Electrolyte 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 High-concentration Electrolyte 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Ionic Liquids 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Construction of Novel Current Collectors for Na Metal Anodes 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Metallic Current Collectors 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Carbon-Based Current Collectors 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 3D Scaffolds\/Na Metal 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Alloy-Based Na Metal Anodes 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Alkali-metal Alloys 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Other Metals\/Na Alloys 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Conclusions 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Organic Liquid Electrolytes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 339\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Electrolyte Properties 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Sodium Salts 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Solvents 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Carbonate Ester-Based Electrolytes 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Carboxylate Ester-Based Electrolytes 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Ether-Based Electrolytes 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Functional Additives 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Basic Characteristics of Additives 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Additives for Na-Ion Batteries 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2.1 SEI-Forming Additives for Anodes 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2.2 CEI-Forming Additives for Cathodes 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Additives for Na Metal 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.4 Safety Inspired Additives 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Novel Concentration Electrolyte Systems 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.1 High-Concentration Electrolytes 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.2 Local High-Concentration Electrolytes 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.3 Low-Concentration Electrolytes 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Concluding Remarks 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Ionic Liquid Electrolytes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 383\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 The Cationic Species in Ionic Liquids 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 The Anionic Species in Ionic Liquids 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Electrolyte Properties 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Physicochemical Properties 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Electrochemical Properties 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Thermal Properties 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Stability of Ionic Liquids 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Thermal and Electrochemical Stability 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Electrochemical Properties 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.3 Electrolyte\/Electrode Interfaces 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Concluding Remarks 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Solid-State and Gel Electrolytes for Sodium-Ion Batteries 401\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Electrolyte Characteristics 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Energy Density 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Ionic Conductivity 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 Chemical Stability 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.4 Mechanical Stability 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.5 Thermal Stability 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Polymer Electrolytes 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Solid Polymer Electrolytes (SPEs) 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.1 PEO-Based Electrolyte 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.2 PVA-Based Electrolyte 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.3 PAN-Based Electrolyte 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.4 PVP-Based Electrolyte 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.5 PVDF-Based Electrolyte 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Na Polymer Single-Ion Conductors 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Adding Ceramic Additives to Polymer Electrolytes 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4 Gel Polymer Electrolytes (GPEs) 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4.1 PMMA-Based GPE 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4.2 PVDF-Based GPE 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4.3 Nafion-Based GPE 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.5 Adding Ceramic Filler to GPEs 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.6 Cross-linked GPEs 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.7 Ionic Liquid-Based GPEs 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Inorganic Solid-State Electrolytes 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Oxide-Based Solid-State Electrolytes 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1.1 Beta-Alumina 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1.2 NASICON 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Sulfide-Based Solid-State Electrolytes 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2.1 Na3PS4 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2.2 Na3SbS4 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2.3 Na10SnP2S12 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Complex Hydrides 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Concluding Remarks 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Binders for Sodium-Ion Batteries 449\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Main Functions and Performance Requirements of Binders 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Chemical Properties of PVDF 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Application of PVDF in Na-Ion Batteries 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Polyacrylic Acid (PAA) 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Carboxymethyl Cellulose (CMC) 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR) 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Other Binders 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.1 Sodium Alginate (SA) 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.2 Xanthan Gum (XG) 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.3 Guar Gum (GG) 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.4 Polyimide (PI) 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Concluding Remarks 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Sodium-Ion Full Batteries 467\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Aqueous Sodium-Ion Full Batteries 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Nonaqueous Sodium-Ion Full Batteries 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Carbon-Anode-based Sodium-Ion Full Batteries 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Non-Carbon-Anode-based Sodium-Ion Full Batteries 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Solid-state Sodium-Ion Full Batteries 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Quasi-Solid-State Sodium-Ion Full Batteries 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 All-Solid-state Sodium-Ion Full Batteries (ASSSIFBs) 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2.1 Polymer-Electrolyte-based ASSSIFBs 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2.2 Ceramic-Electrolyte-based ASSSIFBs 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2.3 Composite-Electrolyte-based ASSSIFBs 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2.4 New Types of ASSSIFBs 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Perspectives for Sodium-Ion Batteries 509\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 519\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743124992343,"sku":"9783527348961","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"nanotechnology-for-environmental-remediation-9783527349272","title":"Nanotechnology for Environmental Remediation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNanotechnology for Environmental Remediation\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eComprehensive resource on using nanomaterials to alleviate environmental pollution\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContaminated land, soil and water pose a threat to the environment and health. These sites require immediate action in terms of assessing pollution and new remediation strategies. \u003ci\u003eNanotechnology for Environmental Remediation\u003c\/i\u003e helps readers understand the potential of nanotechnology in resolving the growing problem of environmental contamination.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe specific aim of this book is to provide comprehensive information relating to the progress in the development of functional nanomaterials and nanocomposites which are used for the environmental remediation of a variety of contaminants. The work deals with the different aspects of nanotechnology in water, air and soil contamination and presents the recent advances with a focus on remediation. Core topics discussed in the work include:  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNanotechnology that can be used to engineer and tailor particles for specific environmental remediation applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA big-picture conceptual understanding of environmental remediation methods for researchers, environmentalists and professionals involved in assessing and developing new nano-based strategies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA detailed approach towards the different remediation procedures by various nanomaterials such as metal nanoparticles, polymeric nanoparticles, carbon nanotubes, and dendrimers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe societal impact that nanotechnology has on the environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eChemists and biotechnologists can use \u003ci\u003eNanotechnology for Environmental Remediation\u003c\/i\u003e as a comprehensive reference work for thoroughly understanding this new type of technology and why it is so important when considering environmental remediation efforts. Due to the practical application of nanotechnologies, environmental organizations and agencies can also both utilize the work to explore new and more effective ways of doing things, both now and into the future as nanotechnology becomes more common.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.Science and Technology of Nanomaterials: Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 2.Nanobioremediation\u003cbr\u003e 3.Nanotechnology in soil remediation \u003cbr\u003e 4.Nanotechnology in water treatment\u003cbr\u003e 5.Nanotechnology in air pollution remediation\u003cbr\u003e 6.Nanomaterials in filtration\u003cbr\u003e 7.Nanoadsorbents for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 8.Iron nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 9.Metal oxide nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 10.Biopolymeric nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 11.Functionalized nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 12.Dendrimers for environmental remediation \u003cbr\u003e 13.Nanocrystals for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 14.Carbon nanotubes for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 15.Enzyme nanoparticles for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 16.Nanofibres for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 17.Nanocomposites for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 18.Nanocatalysts in environmental applications\u003cbr\u003e 19.Aerogels for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 20.Nanomaterials based environmental sensors\u003cbr\u003e 21.Intelligent nanomaterials for environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 22.Environmental Toxicology of Nanomaterials: Challenges\u003cbr\u003e 23.Societal impact of nanomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 24.LCA of nanomaterials for bioremediation\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743125025111,"sku":"9783527349272","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"silicon-electrochemistry-production-purification-and-applications-9783527348978","title":"Silicon: Electrochemistry, Production,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSilicon\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe expert reference on sustainable and energy-efficient production of photovoltaic-grade silicon materials\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectrochemical methods, in particular molten-salt approaches, are a cost-effective, energy-efficient, and highly sustainable approach for producing solar-grade silicon. Surface micro- and nanostructuring methods for effective light harvesting, silicon electrorefining in molten salts, electrodeposition of photoresponsive films, and other related processes are likely to replace conventional carbothermic production methods. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSilicon: Electrochemistry, Production, Purification and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e presents an up-to-date summary of recent experimental and technological developments in the field, highlighting sustainable and energy-efficient processes for high-grade silicon production for a variety of photovoltaic and energy applications. Presented in a logical and concise format, this authoritative volume details the fundamental properties and technical processes of metal-grade silicon production and describes the various electrochemical methods for high-grade silicon production. Topics include silicon surface modification, chemical-physical structuring, porous and black silicon, electrochemical Si surface structuring and anodizing in molten salts, and more. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Reviews the sustainable and energy-efficient production and purification of photovoltaic-grade silicon materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Summarizes recent progress in sustainable processes for high-grade silicon production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Describes electrochemical methods for silicon production such as electrolysis, electrodeposition, and electrorefining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Concludes with a discussion of future challenges and opportunities \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eWritten by a leading researcher in the field, \u003ci\u003eSilicon: Electrochemistry, Production, Purification and Applications \u003c\/i\u003eis a valuable resource for chemists and material scientists in academia and industry, particularly those working in sustainable energy development, photovoltaics, light harvesting efficiency, solar-to-chemical conversion, and production of solar-grade silicon, batteries, photoelectrodes, or silicon-based semiconductors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 2. Historical overview of silicon production\u003cbr\u003e 3. Physical and chemical properties of silicon\u003cbr\u003e 3. Production of metal grade silicon\u003cbr\u003e 4. Refining of silicon: from metal to electronic grade\u003cbr\u003e 5. Basics of semiconductor electrochemistry, photo-effects\u003cbr\u003e 6. Silicon equilibrium and electrolysis in aqueous electrolytes:\u003cbr\u003e - Thermodynamic stability, native oxide\u003cbr\u003e - Surface termination effects\u003cbr\u003e - Photoelectrochemical effects\u003cbr\u003e - Anodic polarization, surface passivation\u003cbr\u003e - Cathodic polarization\u003cbr\u003e 7. Porous silicon: formation, mechanisms and morphology\u003cbr\u003e - Etching in fluoride solutions\u003cbr\u003e - Etching in alkaline solutions\u003cbr\u003e 8. Electro-deoxidation of solid compounds in molten salts\u003cbr\u003e 9. Silicon electrochemistry in molten salts - toward low-carbon economy\u003cbr\u003e 10. Voltammetry and basic reactions of silicon as an electrode in molten CaCl2\u003cbr\u003e 11. Electrochemical production of Si in molten CaCl2 from SiO2\u003cbr\u003e 12. Electrodeposition of thin Si films\u003cbr\u003e - Electrodeposition in molten fluoride electrolytes\u003cbr\u003e - Si films from molten CaCl2: photoactive layers and p-n junction\u003cbr\u003e 13. Electrodeposition of Si from ionic liquids and organic solvents\u003cbr\u003e 14. Purity concerns and solutions\u003cbr\u003e 15. Silicon electrorefining in molten salts\u003cbr\u003e 16. Silicon surface structuring\u003cbr\u003e - Chemical-physical structuring\u003cbr\u003e - Electrochemical Si surface structuring in molten salts\u003cbr\u003e -- Anodizing in molten salt\u003cbr\u003e -- Microcolumnar and amorphous structures\u003cbr\u003e -- Electro-Deoxidation of SiO2 layers\u003cbr\u003e 17. Black silicon\u003cbr\u003e 18. Synthesis of nanowires and implications for Li-batteries production\u003cbr\u003e 19. Silicon compositions - perspectives for semiconductor production\u003cbr\u003e - Silicon carbide\u003cbr\u003e - Silicides\u003cbr\u003e 20. Concluding remarks, future opportunities and challenges\u003cbr\u003e 21. References","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743125057879,"sku":"9783527348978","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"van-der-waals-heterostructures-fabrications-properties-and-applications-9783527349500","title":"Van der Waals Heterostructures: Fabrications,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eVan der Waals Heterostructures\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA comprehensive resource systematically detailing the developments and applications of van der Waals heterostructures and devices\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eVan der Waals Heterostructures \u003c\/i\u003eis essential reading to understand the developments made in van der Waals heterostructures and devices in all aspects, from basic synthesis to physical analysis and heterostructures assembling to devices applications, including demonstrated applications of van der Waals heterostructure on electronics, optoelectronics, and energy conversion, such as solar energy, hydrogen energy, batteries, catalysts, biotechnology, and more. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book starts from an in-depth introduction of van der Waals interactions in layered materials and the forming of mixed-dimensional heterostructures via van der Waals force. It then comprehensively summarizes the synthetic methods, devices building processes and physical mechanism of 2D van der Waals heterostructures, and devices including 2D-2D electronics, 2D-2D optoelectronics, and mixed dimensional van der Waals heterostructures.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eVan der Waals Heterostructures\u003c\/i\u003e, readers can expect to find specific information on: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe current library of 2D semiconductors and the current synthesis and performances of 2D semiconductors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControllable synthesis and assemble van der Waals heterostructures, physics of the van der Waals interface, and multi-field coupling effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2D-2D electronics, 2D-2D optoelectronics, mixed dimensional van der Waals heterostructures, and van der Waals heterostructure applications on energy conversion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsight into future perspectives of the van der Waals heterostructures and devices with the detailed effective role of 2D materials for integrated electrical and electronic equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 2 The library of 2D semiconductors\u003cbr\u003e 3 Synthesis and performances of 2D semiconductors\u003cbr\u003e 4 The controllable synthesis and assemble van der waals heterostructures \u003cbr\u003e 5 The Physics of van der Waals interface\u003cbr\u003e 6 The multi-field coupling effects\u003cbr\u003e 7 2D-2D electronics \u003cbr\u003e 8 2D-2D optoelectronics\u003cbr\u003e 9 Mixed dimensional Van der Waals heterostructures\u003cbr\u003e 10 Van der waals heterostructure application on energy conversion \u003cbr\u003e 11 Perspective and outlook\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743125123415,"sku":"9783527349500","price":100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527349500.jpg?v=1720064218"},{"product_id":"spectroscopy-and-characterization-of-nanomaterials-and-novel-materials-experiments-modeling-simulations-and-applications-9783527349371","title":"Spectroscopy and Characterization of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpectroscopy and Characterization of Nanomaterials and Novel Materials\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eComprehensive overview of nanomaterial characterization methods and applications from leading researchers in the field \u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e In \u003ci\u003eSpectroscopy and Characterization of Nanomaterials and Novel Materials: Experiments, Modeling, Simulations, and Applications,\u003c\/i\u003e the editor Prabhakar Misra and a team of renowned contributors deliver a practical and up-to-date exploration of the characterization and applications of nanomaterials and other novel materials, including quantum materials and metal clusters. The contributions cover spectroscopic characterization methods for obtaining accurate information on optical, electronic, magnetic, and transport properties of nanomaterials.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book reviews nanomaterial characterization methods with proven relevance to academic and industry research and development teams, and modern methods for the computation of nanomaterials’ structure and properties - including machine-learning approaches - are also explored. Readers will also find descriptions of nanomaterial applications in energy research, optoelectronics, and space science, as well as:  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to spectroscopy and characterization of graphitic nanomaterials and metal oxides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive explorations of simulations of gas separation by adsorption and recent advances in Weyl semimetals and axion insulators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical discussions of the chemical functionalization of carbon nanotubes and applications to sensors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-depth examinations of micro-Raman imaging of planetary analogs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for physicists, materials scientists, analytical chemists, organic and polymer chemists, and electrical engineers, \u003ci\u003eSpectroscopy and Characterization of Nanomaterials and Novel Materials: Experiments, Modeling, Simulations, and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of sensor developers and computational physicists and modelers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface  xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Editor  xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart I Spectroscopy and Characterization 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Spectroscopic Characterization of Graphitic Nanomaterials and Metal Oxides for Gas Sensing 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eOlasunbo Farinre, Hawazin Alghamdi, and Prabhakar Misra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction and Overview  3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Graphitic Nanomaterials  3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1.1 Synthesis of Graphitic Nanomaterials  5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Metal Oxides  8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Spectroscopic Characterization of Graphitic Nanomaterials and Metal Oxides 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Graphitic Nanomaterials  9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.1 Characterization of Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs)  10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1.2 Characterization of Graphene and Graphene Nanoplatelets (GnPs)  11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Characterization of Tin Dioxide (SnO2)  12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Graphitic Nanomaterials and Metal Oxide-Based Gas Sensors  19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Fabrication of Graphitic Nanomaterials-Based Gas Sensors  19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.1 Carbon Nanotube (CNT)-Based Gas Sensors  19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.2 Graphene and Graphene Nanoplatelet (GnP)-Based Gas Sensors  20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Fabrication of Metal Oxide-Based Gas Sensors  21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.1 Tin Dioxide (SnO2)-Based Gas Sensors  23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Conclusions and Future Work 24 Acknowledgments 26 References 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Low-dimensional Carbon Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties, and Applications Related to Heat\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cb\u003eTransfer, Energy Harvesting, and Energy Storage 33\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eMahesh Vaka, Tejaswini Rama Bangalore Ramakrishna, Khalid Mohammad, and Rashmi Walvekar\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction  33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Synthesis and Properties of Low-dimensional Carbon Nanomaterials  35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Zero-dimensional Carbon Nanomaterials (0-DCNs)  35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.1 Fullerene  35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.2 Carbon-encapsulated Metal Nanoparticles  35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.3 Nanodiamond  37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Onion-like Carbons  38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 One-dimensional Carbon Nanomaterials  39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3.1 Carbon Nanotube  39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3.2 Carbon Fibers  39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Two-dimensional Carbon Nanomaterials  40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Applications  42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Hydrogen Storage  42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Solar Cells  43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Thermal Energy Storage  44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Energy Conversion  45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Conclusions  46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Mesoscale Spin Glass Dynamics  55\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSamaresh Guchhait\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction  55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 What Is a Spin Glass?  56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Spin Glass and Its Correlation Length  57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Mesoscale Spin Glass Dynamics  60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Summary 64 Acknowledgments 64 References 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Raman Spectroscopy Characterization of Mechanical and Structural Properties of Epitaxial Graphene 67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAmira Ben Gouider Trabelsi, Feodor V. Kusmartsev, Anna Kusmartseva, and Fatemah Homoud Alkallas\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction  67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Epitaxial Graphene Mechanical Properties Investigation  68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Optical Location of Epitaxial Graphene Layers  68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Raman Location of Mechanical Properties Changes  71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Graphene 2D Mode  71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 G Mode Investigation  74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.3 Strain Percentage  76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e 4.3 Raman Polarization Study  77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Size Domain of Graphene Layer  77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Polarization Study  78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Conclusions 80 Acknowledgments 80 References 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Raman Spectroscopy Studies of III–V Type II Superlattices  83\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eHenan Liu and Yong Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction  83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Raman Study on InAs\/GaSb SL  84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Analysis on (001) Scattering Geometry  85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Analysis on (110) Scattering Geometry  86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Raman Study on InAs\/InAs1−xSbx SL  90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Raman Results for the Constituent Bulks and InAs1−xSbx Alloys  90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Analysis on (001) Scattering Geometry for the SLs  93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Analysis on (110) Scattering for the SLs  95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 A Comparison Among the InAs\/InAs1−xSbx, InAs\/GaSb, and GaAs\/AlAs SLs 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Conclusion  98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Dissecting the Molecular Properties of Nanoscale Materials Using Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 101\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eNipanshu Agarwal and Krishna Mohan Poluri\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction to Nanomaterials  101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Techniques Used for Characterization of Nanomaterials  104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectroscopy  105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Principle of NMR Spectroscopy  106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Various NMR Techniques Used in Nanomaterial Characterization  106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.1 One-dimensional NMR Spectroscopy  108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.2 Relaxometry (T1 and T2)  108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.3 Two-dimensional NMR Spectroscopy  110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Advantages and Disadvantages of Using NMR Spectroscopy  114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Applications of NMR in Nanotechnology  115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 NMR for Characterization of Nanomaterials  115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.1 Characterization of Gold Nanomaterials by NMR  115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.2 Characterization of Organic Nanomaterials by NMR  119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.3 Characterization of Quantum Dots and Nanodiamonds by NMR 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Elucidating the Molecular Characteristics\/Interactions of Nanomaterials Using NMR 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.1 Characterizing Nanodisks Using Paramagnetic NMR  120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.2 Characterizing Nanomaterials Using Low Field NMR (LF-NMR) 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.3 Analyzing Nanomaterial Interactions Using 2D NMR Techniques  123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Characterization of Magnetic Contrast Agents (MR-CAs)  128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Conclusions 132 Acknowledgments 132 References 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Charge Dynamical Properties of Photoresponsive and Novel Semiconductors Using Time-Resolved Millimeter-Wave Apparatus 149\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBiswadev Roy, Branislav Vlahovic, M.H. Wu, and C.R. Jones\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction  149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Why Charge Dynamics for Novel Materials in the Millimeter-Wave Regime? 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Underlying Theory of Operation and Time-Resolved Data: Treatment of Internal Fields in Samples 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Apparatus Design and Instrumentation  156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4 Sensitivity Analysis and Dynamic Range  158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.5 Calibration Factor  159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Studies on RF Responses of Materials  162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Transmission and Reflection Response for GaAs  162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Silicon Response by Resistivity  162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.1 Charge Carrier Concentration  165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.2 Millimeter-Wave Probe and Laser Data  166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.3 TR-mmWC Charge Dynamical Parameter Correlation Table and Sample-Resistivity 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.4 Photoconductance (ΔG) Using Calculated Sensitivity  171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 CdSxSe1−x Nanowires  174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Transmission and Reflection Response Spectra for CdX Nanowire  174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Millimeter-Wave Signal Coherence and Decay Response of CdSxSe1−x Nanowire 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Conclusions  182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Data: CdSxSe1−x TR-mmWC Responses for Various Pump Fluences  182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments  183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Metal Nanoclusters  187\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSayani Mukherjee and Sukhendu Mandal\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction  187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Gold Nanoclusters  189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Phosphine-protected Au-NCs  190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Thiol-protected Nanoclusters 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Brust–Schiffrin Synthesis  193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Modified Brust–Schiffrin Synthesis  194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.3 Size-focusing Method  197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.4 Ligand Exchange-induced Structural Transformation  200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Other Ligands as Protecting Agents  202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Mixed Metals Alloy Nanoclusters  202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Conclusion  203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Future Direction 203 Acknowledgment 204 References 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart II Modeling and Simulation  211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Simulations of Gas Separation by Adsorption  213\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eHawazin Alghamdi, Hind Aljaddani, Sidi Maiga, and Silvina Gatica\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction  213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Simulation Methods  216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Molecular Dynamics Simulations  216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Monte Carlo Simulations  217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Ideal Adsorbed Solution Theory (IAST)  218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Models  220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Molecular Models  220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Substrate Models  221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Validation of the Methods and Force Fields  222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Examples  223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 GCMC Simulation of CO2\/CH4 Binary Mixtures on Nanoporous Carbons 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 MD Simulations of CO2\/CH4 Binary Mixtures on Graphene Nanoribbons\/Graphite 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 MD Simulations of H2O\/N2 Binary Mixtures on Graphene  228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4 Calculation of the Selectivity of CO2 and CH4 on Graphene Using the IAST 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Conclusion  236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Recent Advances in Weyl Semimetal (MnBi2Se4) and Axion Insulator (MnBi2Te4) 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSugata Chowdhury, Kevin F. Garrity, and Francesca Tavazza\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction  239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Discussion  241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 MBS  242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 MBT  243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Outlook  252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart III  Applications  261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Chemical Functionalization of Carbon Nanotubes and Applications to Sensors 263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eKhurshed Ahmad Shah and Muhammad Shunaid Parvaiz\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction  263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Properties of Carbon Nanotubes  267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Electrical Properties  267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Mechanical Properties  269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Optical Properties  269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Physical Properties  271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Properties of Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes  272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Mechanical Properties  272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Electrical Properties  272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Types of Chemical Functionalization  273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Thermally Activated Chemical Functionalization  273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Electrochemical Functionalization  273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Photochemical Functionalization  274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Chemical Functionalization Techniques  274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Chemical Techniques  274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 Electrons\/Ions Irradiation Techniques  275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 Specialized Techniques  275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Sensing Applications of Carbon Nanotubes  276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.1 Gas Sensors  276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.2 Biosensors  277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.3 Chemical Sensors  277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.4 Electrochemical Sensors  278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.5 Temperature Sensors  278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.6 Pressure Sensors  278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Advantages and Disadvantages of Carbon Nanotube Sensors  278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Summary  279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Graphene for Breakthroughs in Designing Next-Generation Energy Storage Systems 287\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAbhilash Ayyapan Nair, Manoj Muraleedharan Pillai, and Sankaran Jayalekshmi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction  287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Li–Ion Cells  289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Basic Working Mechanism  289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Role of Graphene: Graphene Foam-Based Electrodes for Li–Ion Cells 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Li–S Cells  294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Advantages of Li–S Cells  295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Working of Li–S Cells  295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Challenges of Li–S Cells  296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Graphene-Based Sulfur Cathodes for Li–S Cells  297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Graphene Oxide-Based Sulfur Cathodes for Li–S Cells  298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Supercapacitors  299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Basic Working Principle  299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Graphene-Based Supercapacitor Electrodes  300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Graphene\/Polymer Composites as Electrodes  303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.4 Graphene\/Metal Oxide Composite Electrodes  305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Li–Ion Capacitors  306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Working Principle  306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Graphene\/Graphene Composites as Cathode Materials  307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.3 Graphene\/Graphene Composites as Anode Materials  309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Looking Forward  310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Progress in Nanostructured Perovskite Photovoltaics 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSreekanth Jayachandra Varma and Ramakrishnan Jayakrishnan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction  317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Nanostructured Perovskites as Efficient Photovoltaic Materials  318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Perovskite Quantum Dots  321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Perovskite Nanowires and Nanopillars  324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 2D Perovskite Nanostructures  326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 2D\/3D Perovskite Heterostructures  330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Summary  336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Applications of Nanomaterials in Nanomedicine  345\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAyanna N. Woodberry and Francis E. Mensah\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction  345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Nanomaterials, Definition, and Historical Perspectives 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 What Are Nanomaterials?  345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Origin and Historical Perspectives  346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 Synthesis of Nanomaterials  349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3.1 Inorganic Nanoparticles  349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Nanomaterials and Their Use in Nanomedicine  351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 What Is Nanomedicine?  351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 The Myth of Small Molecules  351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.3 Nanomedicine Drug Delivery Has Implications that Go Beyond Medicine 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.4 Improvement in Function  351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.5 Nanomaterials Use in Nanomedicine for Therapy  351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.5.1 Progress in Polymer Therapeutics as Nanomedicine  351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.5.2 Recent Progress in Polymer: Therapeutics as Nanomedicines  352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.5.3 Use of Linkers  354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.5.4 Targeting Moiety  354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.6 Polymeric Drugs  355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.7 Polymeric-Drug Conjugates  355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.8 Polymer–Protein Conjugates  356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 The Use of Nanomaterials in Global Health for the Treatment of Viral Infections Such As the DNA and the RNA Viruses, Retroviruses, Ebola, and COVID-19 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Nanomaterials in Radiation Therapy  358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Conclusion  359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Application of Carbon Nanomaterials on the Performance of Li-Ion Batteries 361\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eQuinton L. Williams, Adewale A. Adepoju, Sharah Zaab, Mohamed Doumbia, Yahya Alqahtani, and Victoria Adebayo\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction  361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Battery Background  362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Genesis of the Rechargeable Battery  362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Battery Cell Classifications  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2.1 Primary Batteries – Non-rechargeable Batteries  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2.2 Secondary Batteries – Rechargeable Batteries  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Comparison of Rechargeable Batteries  363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4 Internal Battery Cell Components  364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4.1 Cathode  365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4.2 Anode  366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4.3 Electrolyte  366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.5 Crystal Structure of Active Materials  366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.5.1 Layered LiCoO2  367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.5.2 Spinel LiM2O4  367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.5.3 Olivine LiFePO4  368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.5.4 NCM  369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.6 Principle of Operation of Li-Ion Batteries  370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.7 Battery Terminology  371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.7.1 Battery Safety  373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.8 A Glimpse into the Future of Battery Technology  374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 High C-Rate Performance of LiFePO4\/Carbon Nanofibers Composite Cathode for Li-Ion Batteries 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Introduction  375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Experimental  375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2.1 Preparation of Composite Cathode  375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2.2 Characterization  376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Results and Discussion  376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.4 Summary  379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Graphene Nanoplatelet Additives for High C-Rate LiFePO4 Battery Cathodes 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Introduction  380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Experimental  381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2.1 Composite Cathode Preparation and Battery Assembly  381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2.2 Characterizations and Electrochemical Measurements  382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 Results and Discussion  382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.4 Summary  386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 LiFePO4 Battery Cathodes with PANI\/CNF Additive  386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Introduction  386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 Experimental  386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2.1 Preparation of the PANI\/CNF Conducting Agent and Coin Cell  387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.3 Results and Discussion  387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.4 Conclusion  392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Reduced Graphene Oxide – LiFePO4 Composite Cathode for Li-Ion Batteries 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.1 Introduction  393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.2 Experimental  394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.3 Results and Discussion  394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.4 Summary  398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Rate Performance of Carbon Nanofiber Anode for Lithium-Ion Batteries 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.1 Introduction  398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.2 Experimental  398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.3 Results and Discussion  399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.4 Summary  401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 NCM Batteries with the Addition of Carbon Nanofibers in the Cathode 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8.1 Introduction  402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8.2 Experimental  403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8.3 Results and Discussion  403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8.4 Summary  405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.9 Conclusion 407 Acknowledgments 407 References 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart IV Space Science  415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Micro-Raman Imaging of Planetary Analogs: Nanoscale Characterization of Past and Current Processes 417\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDina M. Bower, Ryan Jabukek, Marc D. Fries, and Andrew Steele\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction  417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Relationships Between Minerals  421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Minerals in the Solar System  421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 Minerals as Indicators of Life and Habitability  425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Planetary Analogs  427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 Modern Terrestrial Analogs  427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 Ancient Terrestrial Analogs  429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Meteorites and Lunar Rocks  431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Carbon  434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.1 Definition and Description of Macromolecular Carbon  434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.2 Macromolecular Carbon on the Earth and in Astromaterials  435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.3 Macromolecular Carbon in Petrographic Context  437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Conclusion  439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Machine Learning and Nanomaterials for Space Applications 453\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eEric Lyness, Victoria Da Poian, and James Mackinnon\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning  453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.1 What Do We Mean by Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning? 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.2 The Field of Data Analysis and Data Science  455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.2.1 Data Analysis  455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.2.2 Data Science  455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.3 Applications in Nanoscience  456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Machine Learning Methods and Tools  457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1 Types of ML  457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.1 Supervised  457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.2 Unsupervised  459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.3 Semi-supervised  460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1.4 Reinforcement Learning  460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2 The Basic Techniques and the Underlying Algorithms  460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2.1 Regression (Linear, Logistic)  460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2.2 Decision Tree  461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2.3 Neural Networks  461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2.4 Expert Systems  463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2.5 Dimensionality Reduction  463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3 Available Tools: Discussion of the Software Available, Both Free and Commercial, and How They Can Be Used by Nonexperts 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Limitations of AI  464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.1 Data Availability  464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.1.1 Splitting Your Dataset  464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.2 Warnings in Implementation (Overfitting, Cross-validation)  465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.3 Computational Power  465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Case Study: Autonomous Machine Learning Applied to Space Applications 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.1 Few Existing AI Applications for Planetary Missions  466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.2 MOMA Use-Case Project (Leaning Toward Science Autonomy)  467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Challenges and Approaches to Miniaturized Autonomy  468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.1 Computing Requirements of AI\/Machine Learning  468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.2 Why Is Space Hard?  469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.3 Software Approaches for Embedded Hardware  471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Summary: How to Approach AI  473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences  474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex  477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743125188951,"sku":"9783527349371","price":146.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"plasma-science-and-technology-lectures-in-physics-chemistry-biology-and-engineering-9783527349548","title":"Plasma Science and Technology: Lectures in","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePlasma Science and Technology\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn accessible introduction to the fundamentals of plasma science and its applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003ePlasma Science and Technology: Lectures in Physics, Chemistry, Biology, and Engineering\u003c\/i\u003e, distinguished researcher Dr. Alexander Fridman delivers a comprehensive introduction to plasma technology, including fulsome descriptions of the fundamentals of plasmas and discharges. The author discusses a wide variety of practical applications of the technology to medicine, energy, catalysis, coatings, and more, emphasizing engineering and science fundamentals. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOffering readers illuminating problems and concept questions to support understanding and self-study, the book also details organic and inorganic applications of plasma technologies, demonstrating its use in nature, in the lab, and in both novel and well-known applications. Readers will also find: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e A thorough introduction to the kinetics of excited atoms and molecules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Comprehensive explorations of non-equilibrium atmospheric pressure cold discharges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Practical discussions of plasma processing in microelectronics and other micro-technologies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Expert treatments of plasma in environmental control technologies, including the cleaning of air, exhaust gases, water, and soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for students of chemical engineering, physics, and chemistry, \u003ci\u003ePlasma Science and Technology\u003c\/i\u003e will also benefit professionals working in these fields who seek a contemporary refresher in the fundamentals of plasma science and its applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xxxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Plasma Fundamentals: Kinetics, Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics, and Electrodynamics 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 1 The Major Component of the Universe, the Cornerstone of Microelectronics, The High-Tech Magic Wand of Technology 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 2 Elementary Processes of Charged Particles in Plasma 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 3 Elementary Processes of Excited Atoms and Molecules in Plasma 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 4 Physical Kinetics and Transfer Processes of Charged Particles in Plasma 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 5 Physical and Chemical Kinetics of Excited Atoms and Molecules in Plasma 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 6 Plasma Statistics and Thermodynamics, Heat and Radiation Transfer Processes 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 7 Plasma Electrostatics and Electrodynamics, Waves in Plasma 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 8 Plasma Magneto-hydrodynamics, Fluid Mechanics and Acoustics 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Plasma Physics and Engineering of Electric Discharges 173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 9 Electric Breakdown, Steady-state Discharge Regimes, and Instabilities 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 10 Nonthermal Plasma Sources: Glow Discharges 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 11 Thermal Plasma Sources: Arc Discharges 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 12 Radio-frequency, Microwave, and Optical Discharges 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 13 Atmospheric Pressure Cold Plasma Discharges: Corona, Dielectric Barrier Discharge (DBD), Atmospheric Pressure Glow (APG), Plasma Jet 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 14 Nonequilibrium Transitional “Warm” Discharges: Nonthermal Gliding Arc, Moderate-pressure Microwave Discharge, Different Types of Sparks and Microdischarges 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 15 Ionization and Discharges in Aerosols; Dusty Plasma Physics; Electron Beams and Plasma Radiolysis 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 16 Electric Discharges in Water and Other Liquids 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Plasma in Inorganic Material Treatment, Energy Systems, and Environmental Control 343\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 17 Energy Balance and Energy Efficiency of Plasma-chemical Processes, Plasma Dissociation of CO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 18 Synthesis of Nitrogen Oxides, Ozone, and Other Gas-phase Plasma Synthetic and Decomposition Processes 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 19 Plasma Metallurgy: Production and Processing of Metals and their Compounds 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 20 Plasma Powders, Micro- and Nano-technologies: Plasma Spraying, Deposition, Coating, Dusty Plasma-chemistry 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 21 Plasma Processing in Microelectronics and Other Micro-technologies: Etching, Deposition, and Ion Implantation Processes 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 22 Plasma Fuel Conversion and Hydrogen Production, Plasma Catalysis 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 23 Plasma Energy Systems: Ignition and Combustion, Thrusters, High-speed Aerodynamics, Power Electronics, Lasers, and Light Sources 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 24 Plasma in Environmental Control: Cleaning of Air, Exhaust Gases, Water, and Soil 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart IV Organic and Polymer Plasma Chemistry, Plasma Medicine, and Agriculture 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 25 Organic Plasma Chemistry: Synthesis and Conversion of Organic Materials and Their Compounds, Synthesis of Diamonds and Diamond Films 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 26 Plasma Polymerization, Processing of Polymers, Treatment of Polymer Membranes 545\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 27 Plasma Biology, Nonthermal Plasma Interaction with Cells 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 28 Plasma Disinfection and Sterilization of Different Surfaces, Air, and Water Streams 587\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 29 Plasma Agriculture and Food Processing, Chemical and Physical Properties of Plasma-activated Water, Fundamentals and Applications to Wash and Disinfect Produce 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 30 Plasma Medicine: Safety, Selectivity, and Efficacy; Penetration Depth of Plasma-Medical Effects; Standardization and Dosimetry 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 31 Plasma Medicine: Healing of Wounds and Ulcerations, Blood Coagulation 665\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLecture 32 Plasma Medicine: Dermatology and Cosmetics, Dentistry, Inflammatory Dysfunctions, Gastroenterology, Cardiovascular, and Other Diseases, Bioengineering and Regenerative Medicine, Cancer Treatment and Immunotherapy 687\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAfterword and Acknowledgements 717\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 721\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 741\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743125320023,"sku":"9783527349548","price":72.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"semiconductor-solar-photocatalysts-fundamentals-and-applications-9783527349593","title":"Semiconductor Solar Photocatalysts: Fundamentals","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProvides a timely overview of basic principles and significant advances of semiconductor-based photocatalysts for solar energy conversion \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSemiconductor Solar Photocatalysts: Fundamentals and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e presents a systematic, in-depth summary of both fundamental and cutting-edge research in novel photocatalytic systems. Focusing on photocatalysts with vast potential for efficient utilization of solar energy, this up-to-date volume covers heterojunction systems, graphene-based photocatalysts, organic semiconductor photocatalysts, metal sulfide semiconductor photocatalysts, and graphitic carbon nitride-based photocatalysts. \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganized into six chapters, the text opens with a detailed introduction to the history, design principles, modification strategies, and performance evaluation methods of solar energy photocatalysis. The remaining chapters provide detailed discussion of various novel photocatalytic systems such as direct Z-scheme and S-scheme photocatalysts, organic polymers, and covalent organic frameworks. This authoritative resource: \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplains the essential concepts of solar energy photocatalysis and heterojunction systems for photocatalysis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviews interesting structures and new applications of semiconductor photocatalysts \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures contributions from an international panel of leading researchers in the field \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes extensive references and numerous tables, figures, and color illustrations  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSemiconductor Solar Photocatalysts: Fundamentals and Applications \u003c\/i\u003eis valuable resource for all catalytic chemists, materials scientists, inorganic and physical chemists, chemical engineers, and physicists working in the semiconductor industry. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: The fundamentals of solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e 1.2 History of solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.3 Fundamental principles of solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.3.1 Basic mechanisms for solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.3.2 Thermodynamic requirements for solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.3.3 Dynamics requirements for solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.4 Design, development and modification of semiconductor photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 1.4.1 Design principles of semiconductor photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 1.4.2 Classification of semiconductor photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 1.4.3 Modification strategies of semiconductor photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 1.4.4 Development approaches of novel semiconductor photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 1.5 Processes and evaluation of solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.1 Processes of solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.1.1 photocatalytic water splitting\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.1.2 photocatalytic CO2 reduction\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.1.3 photocatalytic degradation\u003cbr\u003e 1.5.2 Evaluation of solar energy photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 1.6 The scope of this book\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 2: Heterojunction systems for photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 2.1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 2.2. Classification of heterojunction photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.1. Type-II heterojunction photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.2. p-n junction photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.3. Surface junction photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.4. Direct Z-scheme photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 2.2.5. S-scheme photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 2.3. Evaluation of the heterojunction photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.1. Band structure\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.1.1. Light absorption ability\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.1.2. Reduction and oxidation ability\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.1.3. Identification of major charge carriers\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.2. Charge carrier separation efficiency\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.2.1. Electrochemical test\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.2.2. Optical spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.3. Charge carrier migration mechanism\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.3.1. Metal loading\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.3.2. Reactive oxygen species trapping\u003cbr\u003e 2.3.3.3. In situ irradiated XPS\u003cbr\u003e 2.4. Applications\u003cbr\u003e 2.4.1. Photocatalytic water splitting\u003cbr\u003e 2.4.2. Photocatalytic CO2 reduction\u003cbr\u003e 2.4.3. Photocatalytic N2 fixation\u003cbr\u003e 2.4.4. Photocatalytic environmental remediation\u003cbr\u003e 2.4.5. Photocatalytic disinfection\u003cbr\u003e 2.5. Summary and Future Perspective\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 3: Metal sulfide semiconductor photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 3.2. General view of metal sulfide photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.3. Synthetic strategies of metal sulfide photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.1. Solution-based method\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.1.1. Hydrothermal method\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.1.2. Solvothermal method\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.2. Chemical bath deposition\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.3. Template method\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.4. Ion exchange method\u003cbr\u003e 3.3.5. Other synthetic methods\u003cbr\u003e 3.4. CdS-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.1. Crystal structures and morphology\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.1.1. Zero-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.1.2. One-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.1.3. Two-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.1.4. Three-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.2. Construction of CdS based composite photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.2.1. CdS cocatalyst heterojunctions\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.2.2. CdS-based type II heterojunctions\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.2.3. CdS-based Z-scheme heterojunctions\u003cbr\u003e 3.4.2.4. CdS-based S-scheme heterojunctions\u003cbr\u003e 3.5. In2S3-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.1. Crystal structure and electronic properties\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.2. Morphology of In2S3 photocatalyst\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.2.1. Zero-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.2.2. One-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.2.3. Two-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.2.4. Three-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.3. Construction of In2S3-based composite photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.3.1. In2S3-based type-II heterojunctions\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.3.2. In2S3-based direct Z-scheme heterojunctions\u003cbr\u003e 3.5.3.3. In2S3-based indirect Z-scheme heterojunctions\u003cbr\u003e 3.6. SnS2-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.6.1. Morphology of SnS2 photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.6.2. Construction of SnS2 based composite photocatalyst\u003cbr\u003e 3.6.2.1. Cocatalyst\/SnS2 composites\u003cbr\u003e 3.6.2.2. SnS2 based type-II composites\u003cbr\u003e 3.6.2.3. SnS2 based Z-scheme composites\u003cbr\u003e 3.7. Cu2S-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.1. Morphology of Cu2S photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.1.1. Zero-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.1.2. One-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.1.3. Two-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.1.4. Three-dimensional structure\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.2. Construction of Cu2S-based composite photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.2.1. Cu2S\/metal oxide photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.2.2. Cu2S\/metal sulfide photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.7.2.3. Cu2S\/metal photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.8. Other metal sulfide photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.9. Environmental and energy applications\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.1. Photocatalytic H2 production\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.1.1. Unary metal sulfide photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.1.2. Binary metal sulfide-based nanocomposite photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.1.3. Ternary metal sulfide-based nanocomposite photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.2. Photoreduction of CO2\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.3. Photocatalytic removal of environmental contamination\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.3.1. Photocatalytic dye degradation\u003cbr\u003e 3.9.3.2. Photocatalytic reduction of hexavalent chromium\u003cbr\u003e 3.10. Conclusion and outlook\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 4: Graphene-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 4.1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 4.2. Graphene and its derivatives\u003cbr\u003e 4.2.1. Graphene oxide\u003cbr\u003e 4.2.2. Reduced graphene oxide\u003cbr\u003e 4.2.3. Graphene quantum dot\u003cbr\u003e 4.3 General preparation techniques of graphene in photocatalysis\u003cbr\u003e 4.3.1. Chemical exfoliation\u003cbr\u003e 4.3.2. Chemical vapor deposition\u003cbr\u003e 4.4. General advantages of graphene\u003cbr\u003e 4.4.1. Conductor behavior\u003cbr\u003e 4.4.2. Photothermal effect\u003cbr\u003e 4.4.3. Large specific surface area\u003cbr\u003e 4.4.4. Enhancing photostability\u003cbr\u003e 4.4.5. Improving nanoparticle dispersion\u003cbr\u003e 4.5. Characterization methods\u003cbr\u003e 4.5.1. Transmission electron microscopy\u003cbr\u003e 4.5.2. Atomic force microscopy\u003cbr\u003e 4.5.3. Raman spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e 4.5.4. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e 4.6. Recent development in graphene-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 4.6.1. Metal oxide\u003cbr\u003e 4.6.2. Metal sulfide\u003cbr\u003e 4.6.3. Non-metal semiconductor\u003cbr\u003e 4.6.4. Metal-organic-framework\u003cbr\u003e 4.7. Summary and concluding remarks\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 5: Graphitic carbon nitride-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 5.1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 5.2. Structure of g-C3N4\u003cbr\u003e 5.3. Preparation of g-C3N4-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 5.3.1. Pure g-C3N4\u003cbr\u003e 5.3.2. g-C3N4-based composite photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 5.4. Main photocatalytic applications of g-C3N4-based photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 5.4.1. Photocatalytic H2O splitting for H2 generation\u003cbr\u003e 5.4.2. Photocatalytic CO2 reduction for hydrocarbon fuels\u003cbr\u003e 5.4.3. Photocatalytic N2 fixation for ammonia\u003cbr\u003e 5.5. Strategies for optimizing photocatalytic performance of g-C3N4\u003cbr\u003e 5.5.1. Morphology design\u003cbr\u003e 5.5.2. Surface modification\u003cbr\u003e 5.5.3. Element doping\u003cbr\u003e 5.5.4. Cocatalyst loading\u003cbr\u003e 5.5.5. Heterojunction\u003cbr\u003e 5.5.6. Single-atom deposition\u003cbr\u003e 5.6. Challenges and prospects\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 6: Organic semiconductor photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 6.1. MOFs photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 6.1.1. Synthesis of MOFs photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 6.1.2. MOFs for photocatalytic degradation of pollutants\u003cbr\u003e 6.1.3. MOFs for photocatalytic organic transformation\u003cbr\u003e 6.1.4. MOFs for photocatalytic H2 production from water\u003cbr\u003e 6.1.5. MOFs for photocatalytic reduction of CO2\u003cbr\u003e 6.2. Organic polymers photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 6.2.1. Synthesis of organic polymers photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 6.2.2. Organic polymers for photocatalytic degradation of pollutants\u003cbr\u003e 6.2.3. Organic polymers for organic transformation.\u003cbr\u003e 6.2.4. Organic polymers for photocatalytic H2 production from water\u003cbr\u003e 6.2.5. Organic polymers for photocatalytic reduction of CO2\u003cbr\u003e 6.3. COFs photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 6.3.1. Synthesis of COFs photocatalysts\u003cbr\u003e 6.3.2. COFs for photocatalytic degradation of pollutants\u003cbr\u003e 6.3.3. COFs for photocatalytic organic transformation\u003cbr\u003e 6.3.4. COFs for photocatalytic H2 production from water\u003cbr\u003e 6.3.5. COFs for photocatalytic reduction of CO2\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743125352791,"sku":"9783527349593","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/mechanical-engineering-and-materials.oembed?page=7","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}